ATL 600 • Automatic transfer switch controller with optical port and

ATL 600 • Automatic transfer switch controller with optical port and
Page 25-4
ATL 600
• Automatic transfer switch controller with
optical port and graphic LCD
• AC power supply
• 6 programmable digital inputs
• 7 programmable relay outputs.
Page 25-4
ATL 610
• Automatic transfer switch controller with
optical port and graphic LCD
• Virtual calendar clock (RTC)
• AC and DC power supply
• Expandable with EXP series modules (inputs
and outputs, communication ports)
• 6 programmable digital inputs
• 7 programmable relay outputs.
Page 25-5
ATL DPS1
• Module specifically designed to control
power supply voltage of motorised circuit
breakers and changeover switches
• Continuous monitoring of supply line status
• Microcontroller management.
25
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLLERS
Supervision of two three-phase
supply lines
Emergency demand supervision
for standby generating set
Control of contactors, motorised
circuit breakers or motorised
changeover switches
Event logging
TRMS measurements of voltage
values
Remote control and supervision
Front optical port
Expandability
Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII
communication protocols
Real time clock.
Automatic transfer switch controllers
ATL 600 type non expandable ............................................................................................................................................
ATL 610 type expandable ...................................................................................................................................................
Dual power source module ................................................................................................................................................
Communication devices, software and accessories ............................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
25
25
25
25
-
2
3
5
6
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 25 - 7
Automatic transfer switch controllers
ATL series
NON-STOP CONTROL!
BACKLIGHT GRAPHIC DISPLAY
120x80 pixel with excellent legibility with adjustable
brightness and contrast.
STREAMLINE
DESIGN
ATL controllers have an
ergonomic design and
particular care has been given
to details.
CUSTOMISING
OPTION
There is a customising slot
available on the front to show
controller brand name,
trademark, part number, brief
indication or wording, etc.
COMPACT SIZE
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION PORT
The optical port on the front, using a standard USB or
Wi-Fi point, permits to communicate with a PC,
smartphone and tablet, to carry out programming,
diagnostics and data download without removing power
to the electric panel.
FIXING SYSTEM
DUAL POWER SUPPLY
ATL 610 versions has both 110-240VAC line and 12-24VDC battery supply.
EMERGENCY DEMAND SUPERVISION FOR STANDBY GENERATING SET
In applications where one of the two supply sources is a generating set, the
transfer switch controller has specific functions to supervise the generator
starting and stopping operations.
EXPANDIBILITY
Basic functions of the transfer switch controllers can be easily extended using
EXP series expansion modules:
- Relay outputs
- Digital and analog inputs and outputs
- Opto-isolated RS232 interface
- Opto-isolated RS485 interface
- Opto-isolated Ethernet interface
The use of modules dedicated to communications, the transfer switch
controller can be controlled and supervised by the
software.
44mm
9mm
Trim frame profile and reduced
total depth simplify installation of
the transfer switch controller also in
very compact electric panels.
HIGH PROTECTION DEGREE
The controller front and the optional
frame seal have been designed to
warrant an IP65 protection degree.
64.5
144
137
44
25
73
EXP 10...
25-2
The fixing system with metal
screws guarantees excellent
adhesion over time.
FIVE-LANGUAGE TEXT
Viewing of events, alarms and
measurements are in Italian,
English, Spanish, French and
German.
MAX
2
9
12/24VDC battery supply input
Automatic transfer switch controllers
ATL 600
ATL 610
POWER SUPPLY
Rated DC supply voltage
Rated AC supply voltage
12/24VDC
(9-36VDC range)
110-240VAC
(90-264VAC range)
110-240VAC
(90-264VAC range)
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD
FRONT PANEL / HOUSING
Backlight display
Multilanguage (5 standard onboard; others downloadable)
Size
Degree of protection
144x144mm / 5.7x5.7”
144x144mm / 5.7x5.7”
IP54 / optional IP65
IP54 / optional IP65
Expandable with EXP series modules
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT INPUT
“Line 1” controlled voltage
3 phases + neutral
3 phases + neutral
“Line 2” controlled voltage
3 phases + neutral
3 phases + neutral
Rated voltage Ue L-L
100-480VAC
(50-576VAC range)
100-480VAC
(50-576VAC range)
Frequency range
Type of voltage control
45-65Hz
45-65Hz
L-L and L-N
L-L and L-N
BUILT-IN DIGITAL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
Number of inputs
6
6
Number of outputs
7
7
Contactors
Motorised automatic circuit breakers
Motorised changeover switches
LINE SWITCHING DEVICE CONTROL
INTERFACE
USB communication
EXP10 10
RS232 communication
EXP10 11
RS485 communication
EXP10 12
EXP10 13
Ethernet communication with web server function
Front optical USB communication port
CX01 dongle
CX01 dongle
Front optical Wi-Fi communication port
CX02 dongle
CX02 dongle
Line/Line function
Line/Generator function
FUNCTIONS
Real time clock with back reserve energy
Event logging
25
25-3
Automatic transfer switch controllers
Non expandable
Order code
Description
ATL 600
Automatic transfer switch
controller with optical port
for 2-line control
(144x144mm/5.7x5.7”)
power supply 110-240VAC
Order code
Description
ATL 610
Automatic transfer switch
controller with optical port
for 2-line control
(144x144mm/5.7x5.7”)
power supply 110-240VAC
and 12/24VDC
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.540
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.640
ATL 600
Expandable
ATL 610
ATL610 EXPANSION MODULES
Snap in fixing of two modules on ATL 610 rear.
Inputs and outputs.
EXP10 00
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs,
opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
EXP 10...
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXP10 13
Opto-isolated Ethernet interface
EXP… expansion module fixing
ATL 610
MAX
2
General characteristics
The automatic transfer switch controller ATL 600/610 is
used for the automatic switching of the load from the
MAIN LINE to a stand-by or emergency SECONDARY
LINE and vice versa.
It has two outputs for the “automatic” and/or “manual”
control of contactors or motorised circuit breakers.
The transfer switch controller has the following main
features:
– Supply input:
• Single in AC for ATL 600
• Dual in AC and DC for ATL 610
– Measurement inputs for three phase + neutral voltage
values; also suitable for 1 and 2 phase lines
– 1 backlight 128x80 pixel LCD to view measurements,
events and alarms in multi languages
– 2 status indication LEDs
– 6 programmable digital inputs
– 7 programmable relay outputs
– Viewing of L-L and L-N voltage values of the
controlled lines
– Status viewing of contactor or motorised circuit
breakers
– Configuration programming of lines, control and
supervision parameters for emergency demand of
generating set
– Event logging
– Microprocessor supervision of functions; including
virtual real time clock for ATL 610
– Communication interface by front optical port using
USB CX01 or Wi-Fi CX02 dongle
software
– Compatible with
– ATL SW programming and remote control software with
direct PC connection or by Ethernet network.
CONTROL FUNCTIONS OF THE LINES
– Phase sequence and phase loss
– Minimum and maximum voltage
– Voltage asymmetry
– Minimum and maximum frequency.
Operational characteristics
– Power supply voltage: 110-240VAC for both;
12/24VDC for ATL 610
– Voltage range:
90-264VAC for both; 9-36VDC for ATL 610
– Voltage measurement inputs
• Rated voltage Ue: 100-480VAC L-L
• Measurement range: 50-576VAC L-L
• Frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable digital inputs
• Type of input: Negative
– Programmable relay outputs
• 5 each with 1 normally open contact (NO - SPST)
rated 8A 250VAC
• 2 each with 1 changeover contact (NO/NC - SPDT)
rated 8A 250VAC
– Flush-mount housing: 144x144mm/5.7x5.7”
– IEC degree of protection: IP20 at rear; IP54 on front
with optional IP65 using EXP80 01.
supervision software
See Section 27.
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 2.
Certifications and compliance
Certificates pending: EAC; cULus.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
25
25-4
Software and accessories
page 25-6
Expansion modules
page 28-2
Dimensions
page 25-7
Automatic transfer switch controllers
Dual power supply
module
Order code
Description
ATL DPS1
For measurement and
control of voltages
present at supply inputs to
power motorised circuit
breakers/changeover
switches, 110/230VAC
configurable
ATL DPS1
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.300
General characteristics
ATL DPS1 is capable of measuring and controlling
voltages at its inputs designating the most ideal to
connect to the output. It is suitable to supply motorised
circuit breakers and changeover switches in automatic
switching systems of 2 three phase supply lines.
The two voltage inputs of the module are independent
and insulated; each is capable of supplying the internal
measuring circuit managed by the microcontroller. It
reduces the number of components and improves
installation safety.
Main ATL DPS1 features include:
– Voltage value selectable via bypass terminals
– Minimum and maximum voltage tripping thresholds
– 2 single phase L+N inputs
– 1 single phase L+N output
– L1 priority line
– Use with motorised control units powered at 110VAC
or 230VAC
– Indicating LEDs for abnormal conditions and status of
inputs and outputs.
Operational characteristics
– Rated supply voltage: 110/230VAC configurable
– Frequency: 50/60Hz
– Input voltage range: 80-300VAC
– Voltage tripping thresholds min / max: 80% / 120% of
preset value
– 2 line inputs L1-L2: Single phase, between phase and
neutral
– Current output: 4A max
– Priority line: L1 when both input values are within
limits
– Fixed delay time between line switching: 0.5 second
– 4 status indiction LEDs for voltage of each line within
limits, voltage present at output, relay output anomaly
– Mounting: on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or by
screws using extractible clips
– Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at rear.
Certifications and compliance:
Certifications obtained: EAC.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
25
Dimensions
page 25-7
25-5
Automatic transfer switch controllers
Communication devices
CX 01
Order code
Description
CX 01
USB/optical dongle with
1
PC LOVATO Electric product
with optical port for
programming, data download,
diagnostics and firmware upgrade
0.090
CX 02
Wi-Fi dongle for PC LOVATO 1
Electric product programming,
data download, diagnostics and
cloning
0.090
GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna 1
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for
EXP1015 expansion module
0.090
CX 03
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Software.
Parameter programming and 1
remote control software
complete with 51 C2 cable
0.246
EXP80 01
IP65 gasket seal for internal 1
ATL 6…display frame
0.150
51 C2
1
For PC ATL610 +
EXP1011 module, 1.8m/2yd
long
0.090
51 C4
For PC 4PX1 converter
drive, 1.8m/2yd long
1
0.147
51 C5
For ATL610 + EXP1011
module analog modem,
1.8m/2yd long
1
0.111
51 C6
For ATL610 + EXP1011
module 4PX1 converter
drive, 1.8/2yd long
1
0.102
51 C7
For ATL610 GSM modem, 1
1.8m/2yd long
0.101
ATL SW
Accessories.
51 C4
RS232/RS485 converter drive.
4 PX1
Opto-isolated, 220-240VAC 1
supply (110-120VAC on
request)
0.600
Consult Customer Service; see contact details on inside
front page.
RS232/485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision, 220-240VAC ±10%
(110-120VAC supply on request).
25
25-6
CX 02
By Wi-Fi connection, compatible LOVATO Electric
products can be viewed on PCs, smartphones and tablets
with no need for cabling.
For dimensions, wiring schemes and technical
characteristics, refer to technical instructions in
Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside front
cover.
CX 03
4 PX1
CX 01
The USB/optical dongle, complete with cable, allows the
connection of products compatible with PCs without
having to disconnect the power supply from the electric
panel.
The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 03
Antenna compatible with the major part of worldwide
mobile networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
IEC degree of protection: IP67. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.
CX 02
Software and accessories
General characteristics
Communication devices for connection of LOVATO
Electric products to personal computers, smartphones
and tablets.
General characteristics
By using the ATL SW software, the quick setup of the
controllers can be done by PC avoiding parameter
programming errors and omissions.
The parameter programming of ATL… controllers can
also be PC saved and quickly uploaded into another
device requiring the same programming.
It permits to carry out the control of the installation
operation, bar graph and numerical viewing of
measurements and controller status.
The
software provides for the remote control
and supervision of the ATL… transfer switch controllers.
See details given in Section 27.
Its structure and applications are based on MS SQL
relational database management system . Consulting is
made through popular programs for Internet browsing
available across different platforms and operating
systems.
It is a highly versatile system, simultaneously accessible
to a large number of users/workstations via intranets,
VPN or Internet.
APP for smartphone and tablet
(Setup And Maintenance 1) application allows
the user to program the controller, view alarm conditions,
send commands, read measurements, download
statistical data and events and send retrieved data by
email. The connection is made by Wi-Fi with a
smartphone or tablet using the CX02 dongle.
It is iOS and Android compatible. For more details, see
Section 27 or consult Customer Service; see contact
details on inside front cover.
Automatic transfer switch controllers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLLERS
ATL 600 - ATL 610
Cutout
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”)
137 (5.39”)
64.5 (2.54”)
73 (2.87”)
EXP 10...
(2 max)
138.5 (5.45”)
43
(1.69”)
144 (5.67”)
9.2
(0.36”)
DUAL POWER SUPPLY MODULE
ATL DPS1
63 (2.48”)
43.8 (1.72”)
42.7
(1.68”)
45 (1.77”)
63.5 (2.50”)
93.4 (3.68”)
5
(0.20”)
105.4 (4.15”)
90 (3.54”)
71.6 (2.82”)
36.4
(1.43”)
25
25-7
Page 22-2
SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS
MODULAR VERSION
• For lead-acid batteries up to 50Ah rating
• Rated output current:
– 2.5 and 4.5A at 12VDC
– 1.25 and 2.5A at 24VDC
• Electronic lock for shorted battery, reverse
polarity and output overload
• Output for alarm remote indication.
Page 22-2
SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS
• For non-sealed and sealed lead-acid
batteries up to 150Ah
• Rated output current:
– 6A and 12A at 12VDC
– 5A and 10A at 24VDC
• Electronic lock for shorted battery, reverse
polarity and output overload
• Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions
• Output for alarm remote indication.
Page 22-3
LINEAR BATTERY CHARGERS
• For lead-acid batteries up to 150Ah rating
• Rated output current:
– 3A, 6A, 12A at 12VDC
– 2.5A, 5A, 10A at 24VDC
• Input and output protection
• Electronic lock for shorted battery, reverse
polarity, output overload and disconnected
battery
• Output for alarm remote indication.
22
AUTOMATIC BATTERY CHARGERS
Switching and linear technology
1 charging level
Versions for non-sealed and
sealed lead-acid batteries,
1.25 to 12A ratings
Charging current limitation
selectable.
Automatic battery chargers for lead-acid batteries
Switching BCF series, modular version ..............................................................................................................................
Switching BCG series ........................................................................................................................................................
Linear BCE series ..............................................................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
22 - 2
22 - 2
22 - 3
A UTOMATION
AND
C ONTROL
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 22 - 4
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 22 - 4
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 22 - 5
Automatic battery chargers
Switching BCF and BCG series
For lead-acid batteries.
Modular version
Order code
Rated
output
current
Rated
output
voltage
in DC
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[A]
[V]
n°
[kg]
1
0.332
1
0.332
1
0.332
1
0.332
1 charging level.
BCF...
U
Uc
BCF 0250 12
2.5
BCF 0450 12
4.5
BCF 0125 24
1.25
BCF 0250 24
2.5
a
0.5Uc
Ic
I
a - constant current charge
b - constant voltage charge
24
VDC ON
BAT LOW
GREEN LED RED LED
RELAY
Correct output
voltage
ON
OFF
Energised
Reverse
polarity
ON
ON
Energised
Short circuit/
Overload
OFF
OFF
De-energised
Type
Maximum power
Internal fuse
consumption dissipation mains side
Alarms
b
12
[VA]
[W]
[W]
[A]
BCF 0250 12
80
40
6
2
BCF 0450 12
150
70
9
2
BCF 0125 24
80
39
6
2
BCF 0250 24
150
77
9
2
Not replaceable.
For non-sealed and sealed
lead-acid batteries
Order code
Rated
output
current
Rated
output
voltage
in DC
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[A]
[V]
n°
[kg]
1 charging level.
BCG 06 12
6
BCG 12 12
12
BCG 05 24
5
BCG 10 24
10
12
1
0.532
1
0.710
1
0.532
1
0.710
Adapter for DIN rail
1
vertical mount of
BCG 06 12 and BCG05 24
0.022
24
Accessories.
BCG...
BCG X00
U
Uc
Alarms
a
0.5Uc
22
ON
GRN
LED
REV
RED
LED
ALA
RED
LED
CHG
YEL
RED
RELAY
Correct output ON
voltage
OFF
OFF
OFF
Energ.
Charging
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Energ.
Low battery
voltage
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Energ.
Reverse
polarity
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
De-energ.
Short circuit /
Overload
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
De-energ.
b
Ic
a - constant current charge
b - constant voltage charge
I
Steady light if the charging current is more than approx. 30% of
programmed current value.
General characteristics
– Switching technology
– Wide auxiliary supply range
– Screw fixing or 35mm DIN rail mount (IEC/EN 60715).
Protection:
– Mains input fuse
– Battery output fuse
– Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
terminals, reverse battery polarity and output overload
– Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions.
LED indications:
– Correct output voltage
– Reverse battery polarity.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage
• 100-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5%
– Fixed charging current
– Current limitation
– Charging current according to DIN 41773 standards
– Fixed clamping screw terminal block with captive screws
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Alarm output circuit
– Type of output: 3A 250VAC AC1 duty relay, normally
energised.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Recognized for USA and
Canada (cURus - File E360865), as Power Supplies Component.
Products having this type of marking are intended for use as
components of complete workshop-assembled equipment.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60950-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 n°60950-1.
General characteristics
– Switching technology
– Wide auxiliary supply range
– High efficiency
– Two charging voltages selectable by DIP-switch
– Boost external control for full battery charging
– Hiccup function for battery recharging when its voltage
is lower than 50% rated value
– Charging current limiting trimmer resistor
– Screw fixing or 35mm DIN rail mount (IEC/EN 60715).
Protection:
– Input fuse on AC side
– Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
terminals, reverse battery polarity and output overload
– Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions.
LED indications:
– Power on
– Charging operation (I>30% Ic)
– Overload or short circuit conditions
– Reverse battery polarity.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage:
110-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±10%
– Charging voltage selectable by DIP-switch
• Non-sealed lead-acid batteries
• Sealed lead-acid batteries
– Maximum charging current setting by front
potentiometer: 20-100% rated value
– Current limitation
– Charging cycle according to DIN 41773 standards
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Alarm output circuit
– Type of output: 5A 30VDC duty relay, normally
energised.
Flashing during Hiccup operating conditions.
Type
BCG 06 12
Maximum power
consumption dissipation
Internal fuse
Mains side (type T)
[VA]
[W]
[W]
[A]
230
97
14
4
BCG 12 12
284
290
29
6.3
BCG 05 24
364
158
20
6.3
BCG 10 24
630
311
41
8
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Recognized for USA and
Canada (cURus - File E360865), as Power Supplies Component.
Products having this type of marking are intended for use
as components of complete workshop-assembled
equipment.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60950-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 n°60950-1.
Not replaceable.
22-2
Dimensions
page 22-4
Wiring diagrams
page 22-4
Technical characteristics
page 22-5
Automatic battery chargers
Linear BCE series
For lead-acid batteries
Order code
Rated
output
current
Rated
output
voltage
in DC
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[A]
[V]
n°
[kg]
1
1.984
12
1
4.832
1
8.690
1 charging level.
31 BCE 0312
31 BCE 2V524
31 BCE 0312
3
31 BCE 0612
6
31 BCE 1212
12
31 BCE 2V524
2,5
31 BCE 0524
5
31 BCE 1024
10
Type
31 BCE 0612
31 BCE 0524
24
Maximum power
consumption
dissipation
1
1.992
1
4.960
1
9.560
Mains
fuse (type)
[VA]
[W]
[A]
BCE 0312
117
24
1 (T) ext BCE 0612
222
46
4 (F) int
BCE 1212
400
73
6.3 (F) int
BCE 2V524
166
26
1 (T) ext BCE 0524
317
40
4 (F) int
BCE 1024
610
66
6.3 (F) int
Not supplied; installed by customer.
DERATING CURVES
BCE 2V5 - BCE 03
DERATING CURVE
Charging current
100%
95%
240
VA
C
230
VA
C
90%
Uc
55°C
60°C
65°C
70°C
Operating temperature
BCE 05 - BCE 06
b
DERATING CURVE
Charging current
I
95%
240
VA
C
230
VA
C
BCE 0524 - BCE 0612 - BCE 1024 - BCE 1212
– Type of output
• Relay: 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
• Rated voltage: 250VAC
• IEC rated capacity in AC1 duty: 5A 250VAC Ith
• IEC rated capacity in DC13 or DC14 duty: 5A 30VDC
• Electrical life: >105 cycles
• Mechanical life: >30x105 cycles.
220
VA
C
90%
85%
80%
75%
50°C
55°C
60°C
65°C
70°C
Operating temperature
DERATING CURVE
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60335-2-29.
BCE 10 - BCE 12
100%
Charging current
0.5Uc
a - constant current charge
b - constant voltage charge
Alarm output circuit
BCE 2V524 - BCE 0312
– Type of output:
• Negative static; NPN transistor
• Maximum voltage applicable to load: +V battery
terminal
• Maximum output current: 300mA
• Maximum overload current for 1 second: 2A
• Dynamic over-voltage protection with inductive load.
100%
a
Ic
Alarms
Possible causes of alarm include:
– Low battery voltage
– Battery fuse blown
– Battery not connected
– Battery polarity inverted (reverse polarity).
BCE 2V524 - BCE 0312
These types have a static alarm output for the control of a
relay or indicator, maximum 300mA duty.
If it is connected to a relay, this must be normally
energised in absence of alarm. In alarm conditions with
ALARM LED switched on or in absence of supply, the
relay de-energises.
85%
75%
50°C
U
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage:
220-240VAC ±10%, 50/60Hz ±5%
– Charging current: 30-100% Ie adjustable
– Charging cycle according to DIN 41773 standards
– Current limitation
– Clamping screw terminal block with captive screws:
• Removable for BCE 03 and BCE 2V5
• Fixed for BCE 05, BCE 06, BCE 10 and BCE 12
– IEC degree of protection: IP00.
BCE 0524 - BCE 0612 - BCE 1024 - BCE 1212
These types have a normally energised relay alarm
output. In alarm conditions with ALARM LED switched
on or in absence of supply, the relay de-energises.
220
VA
C
80%
31 BCE 1212
31 BCE 1024
General characteristics
– Linear technology
– Housing for internal panel mounting by screws.
Protection:
– Mains input fuse (except for BCE 2V5 and BCE 03)
– Battery output fuse
– Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
terminals, reverse battery polarity, output overload
(<0.5 Ue) and disconnected battery.
LED Indications:
– Power on
– Charge (I > 0.2 Ic)
– Alarm for protection tripping.
95%
230
VA
C
90%
220
V
The output is not overload or short-circuit protected. It is however
capable of switching on a 3W filament bulb.
22
AC
240
VA
C
85%
80%
75%
50°C
55°C
60°C
65°C
70°C
Operating temperature
Dimensions
page 22-4
Wiring diagrams
page 22-4
Technical characteristics
page 22-5
22-3
Automatic battery chargers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
BCG 0612 - BCG 0524
162 (6.38”)
159 (6.26”)
149 /5.87”)
50.6 (1.99”)
45 (1.77”)
81.5 (3.21”)
96 (3.78”)
63.2 (2.49”)
91 (3.58”)
44 (1.73”)
145 (5.71”)
5.6
(1.99”)
90 (3.54”)
150.5 (5.92”)
BCF...
80 (3.15”)
Mounting adapter BCG X00
BCG 1212 - BCG 1024
9
(0.35”)
145 (5.71”)
71 (2.79”)
213 (8.38”)
206 (8.11”)
198 (7.79”)
130 (5.12”)
63 (2.48”)
BCE 0312 - BCE 2V524
134 (5.27”)
151 (5.94”)
35
(1.38”)
136 (5.35”)
100 (3.94”)
POWER ON
CHARGE
90
BATTERY
ALARM
OUT
-
BATTERY
FUSE
100%
30%
-
100 (3.94”)
80
40
93 (3.66”)
70
50
POWER
220-240V
65 (2.56”)
ALARM
60
+
120.5 (4.74”)
BCE 0612 - BCE 0524
BCE 1212 - BCE 1024
192 (7.56”)
140 (5.51”)
192 (7.56”)
140 (5.51”)
POWER ON
90
100%
+
BATTERY
FUSE
BATTERY
-
ALARM
OUT
POWER
220-240V
FUSE
POWER
POWER ON
178 (7.01”)
230 (9.05”)
80
180 (7.09”)
70
30%
COM NO NC
80 (3.15”)
ALARM
60
50
40
130 (5.12”)
CHARGE
CHARGE
ALARM
60
70
80
50
90
40
BATTERY
+
ALARM
OUT
-
POWER
220-240V
FUSE
POWER
COM NO NC
BATTERY
FUSE
100%
30%
178 (7.01”)
22
Wiring diagrams
BCG...
BCF...
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
CHARGING CONTROL
BCE 2V5... - BCE 03...
RDY RDY
BATTERY
22-4
OUT ALARM
L
FUSE
FUSE
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
CHARGING CONTROL
COM NO
N
SUPPLY
110-240VAC
BATTERY
BOOST
OUT ALARM
NC
L
N
SUPPLY
110-240VAC
BCE 05... - BCE 06... - BCE 10... - BCE 12...
Automatic battery chargers
Technical characteristics
TYPE
Description
Supply voltage
BCG...
BCF...
Single phase automatic battery charger
1 charging level for sealed and non-sealed
lead-acid batteries
110-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±10%
100-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5%
Rated output voltage (Uoc)
Rated charging current (Ic)
BCE...
Single phase automatic battery charger
1 charging level for lead-acid batteries
220-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5%
12-24VDC
6-12A (12VDC)
5-10A (24VDC)
2.5-4.5A (12VDC)
1.25-2.5A (24VDC)
3-6-12A (12VDC)
2.5-5-10A (24VDC)
CHARGING CYCLE
Reference standards
DIN 41773
Diagram
U
Uc
b
a - constant current charge
a
b - constant voltage charge
0,5Uc
Ic
End charging voltage Uc
Charging current
12V battery with DIP2:
– in pos. V1: 13.8V
– in pos. V2: 13.5V (default).
24V battery with DIP2:
– in pos. V1: 27.6V
– in pos. V2: 27.0V (default)
Adjustable 20% to 100% Ic
(using potentiometer/trimpot)
Current limit
Boost
I
12V battery: 13.6VDC (2.27V/cell)
24V battery: 27.2VDC (2.27V/cell)
12V battery: 13.8VDC (2.3V/cell)
24V battery: 27.6VDC (2.3V/cell)
Fixed
Adjustable 30% to 100% Ic
(using potentiometer)
Yes
+4.4% Uc
—
—
– Mains supply fuse
– Charging inhibition due to:
• Short circuit at battery terminals
• Reverse battery polarity
• Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc)
• Output overload
– Mains supply fuse
– Charging inhibition due to:
• Short circuit at battery terminals
• Reverse battery polarity
• Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc)
• Output overload
– Mains supply fuse
(5, 6, 10, 12A types only)
– Battery output fuse
– Charging inhibition due to:
• Short circuit at battery terminals
• Reverse battery polarity
• Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc)
• Disconnected battery
1 relay
5A 30VDC
1 relay
3A 250VAC AC1
Static (NPN transistor) ;
relay with 1 c/o contact (SPDT),
5A 250VAC -30...+55°C
(+55...+70°C with 1-5%Ic/°C derating
by trimpot)
-40...+51°C
-10...+50°C
-30...+80°C
-40...+85°C
-30...+80°C
Internal panel mount
Modular
Internal panel mount
IP20
IP20
IP00
PROTECTION
ALARM OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Type of output
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
HOUSING
Version
IEC degree of protection
Natural
Cooling
Connections
Fixed terminals
Fixed terminals
Removable/plug-in terminals
Fixed terminals
For 2.5A and 3A types only.
For 5, 6, 10 and 12A types only.
22
22-5
Page 23-6
DCRM SERIES
• 2 steps in modular housing
• Settings by front adjustment
potentiometers
• 3 LED indications.
Page 23-7
DCRK SERIES
• 3, 5 or 7 steps in 96x96mm housing
• 8 or 12 steps in 144x144mm housing
• Capacitor overload protection
• Internal panel temperature sensor
• TTL/RS232 programming interface
• Automatic set-up function
• Configurable alarms.
Page 23-8
DCRG SERIES (EXPANDABLE)
• 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16 steps in 144x144mm
housing
• Expandable with EXP modules such as inputs
and outputs, step increment, capacitor
protection, communication port, etc.
• Backlight graphic display, 128x80 pixels
• Optic interface port for programming, data
download and diagnostics
• Independent voltage measurement input
• Capacitor overload protection
• Internal and external panel temperature sensor
• Voltage and current harmonic-content
measurement
• Event logging
• Configurable alarms
• Suitable for medium-voltage systems
• Suitable for dynamic power factor correction.
Page 23-11
THYRISTOR MODULES
• 30, 50, 100kvar step units
• Suitable for dynamic power factor
correction
• Current flow zero-crossing controlled
connection-disconnection
• Over-temperature protection
• Over-current protection at capacitor
switching.
Page 23-10
DCRJ SERIES
• 8 or 12 gradini in 144x144mm housing
• Independent voltage measurement input
• Capacitor overload protection
• Internal and external panel temperature
sensor
• RS232 programming and supervision
interface
• RS485 supervision interface
• Voltage and current harmonic-content
measurement
• Event logging
• Automatic set-up function
• Configurable alarms
• Suitable for medium-voltage systems
• Suitable for dynamic power factor correction
(DCRJ12F).
AUTOMATIC
23
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS
AND THYRISTOR MODULES
Microprocessor supervision and
control
Accurate TRMS measurement
circuit
Automatic intelligent adjustment
system
Versions with 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 12,
14 and 16 steps
Versions with static outputs
Use in co-generation and
medium-voltage systems
Various serial communication
interface
ASCII and MODBUS®-RTU
communication protocols
Thyristor modules for dynamic
correction.
Reactive current controller
DCRM series .....................................................................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
23 - 6
Automatic power factor controllers
DCRK series......................................................................................................................................................................
DCRG series .....................................................................................................................................................................
DCRJ series ......................................................................................................................................................................
23 - 7
23 - 8
23 - 10
Thyristors modules......................................................................................................... 23 - 11
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 23 - 12
Wiring schemes ............................................................................................................ 23 - 13
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 23 - 16
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Automatic power factor
controllers
Number of steps
DCRK
DCRG
DCRJ
3, 5, 7, 8, 12
8
(10, 12, 14, 16 with EXP...)
8, 12
One 3-digit LED
One graphic LCD
One 3-digit and one 4-digit LED
ON FRONT / HOUSING
Display
Languages
Dimensions
IEC degree of protection
10
Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Czech, Polish, Russian,
Portuguese and customisable
96x96mm/3.8x3.8” (DCRK 3/5/7)
144x144mm/5.7x5.7” (DCRK 8/12)
144x144mm
5.7x5.7”
144x144mm
5.7x5.7”
IP54 (DCRK 3/5/7); IP41 (DCRK 8/12)
IP54
IP41
l
Espandable with EXP... modules
CONTROL / FUNCTIONS
Automatic recognition of current flow direction
l
l
l
4-quadrant operation
l
l
l
l
Master-slave technology
Independent voltage input
l
l
Three-phase voltage control
l
l
Current input
1 (by CT, 5A secondary; 1A on request)
3 (by CTs, 5A or 1A)
1 (by CT, 5A secondary; 1Aon request)
l (with EXP10 01 module)
l (with DCRJ12F only)
Medium-voltage usage
l
l
Independent power factor correction per phase
l
Dynamic (FAST) power factor correction usage
l
l
l (with EXP10 04 module)
l
RS232 communication interface
l (with EXP10 11 module)
l
Opto-isolated RS485 communication interface
l (with EXP10 12 module)
l
ETHERNET communication interface with Web server function
l (with EXP10 13 module)
Phase-neutral connection in three-phase systems
Programmable input as remote function or external/remote
temperture sensor
TTL/RS232 communication interface
l
l
Optical USB communication port on front
l
Optical Wi-Fi communication port on front
Automatic controller set-up (to configure)
l
l
l (DCRJ12F excluded)
Fast setting of current transformer
l
l
l
Set-up and automatic panel test software available
l
l
l
l
l
Remote control software available
l (with EXP10 30 module)
l
Voltage and current waveform capture and logging related
to harmonic distortion events
l
l
Event logging: Alarms, set-up changes, etc.
l
l
Calendar-clock (RTC) with backup battery
MEASUREMENTS
23
Rated measurement voltage
380...415VAC standard stock
(220...240VAC, 415...440VAC,
440...480VAC, 480...525VAC on request)
100...690VAC
100...690VAC
Measurement voltage range
0.85...1.2 rated values
85...760VAC
85...760VAC
Instantaneous cosϕ (power factor displacement)
l
l
l
Instantaneous and average weekly power factor values
l
l
l
Voltage and current
l
l
l
Reactve power to reach set-point and total values
l
l
l
Capacitor overload
l
l
l
Electric panel temperature
l
l
l
Maximum voltage and current value
l
l
l
Maximum capacitor overload value
l
l
l
Maximum panel temperature value
l
l
l
l (with EXP10 04 module)
l (with NTC01)
Active and apparent power value
l
l
Current and voltage harmonic analysis
l
l
Current and voltage harmonic analysis waveforms logged
at overload events
l
l
Var-measured value per step
l
l
Number of switching per step
l
l
Maximum capaitor temperature value
23-2
Automatic power factor controllers and thryristor modules
Automatic power factor
controllers
DCRK
DCRG
DCRJ
Voltage too high and too low
l
l
l
Current too high and too low
l
l
l
Over compensation (all capacitors disconnected and cosϕ
value higher than set-point)
l
l
l
Under compensatopm (all capacitors connected and cosϕ
value lower than set-point)
l
l
l
Capacitor overload
l
l
l
l
l
PROTECTIONS
Capacitor overload on all 3 phases
Over temperature
l
l
l
Mains micro-breakings
l
l
l
Capacitor bank failure
l
l
Over maximum harmonic distortion level limit
l
l
l
l
l
Programmable alarm property
(enable, trip delay, relay energising, etc.)
L1
L2
L3
Current transformers
Automatic
power factor
controllers
Fuse holders
Fuse
holders
Contactors
Switch
disconnectors
23
23-3
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
DCRG series
THE
SOLUTION FOR ALL APPLICATIONS!
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION PORT
The optical port on the front using a standard USB or
Wi-Fi point, allows to communicate with a PC,
smartphone and tablet, to carry out programming
diagnosis and data download without removing power to
the electric panel.
BACKLIGHT
GRAPHIC DISPLAY
128x80 pixels with excellent
legibility, with adjustable
intensity
CUSTOMISING OPTION
There is a customising slot available on the panel front
to show controller brand name, logo, trademark, part
number, brief indication or wording, etc.
COMPACT SIZE
FIXING SYSTEM
EXPANDABILITY
44mm
MAX
4
9mm
Trim frame profile and reduced
total depth simplify installation of
the controller also in very compact
electric panels.
HIGH PROTECTION DEGREE
The controller front and the rear
seal have been designed to warrant
an IP54 protection degree.
44
64.5
144
137
23
73
EXP 10...
23-4
The fixing system with metal
screws guarantees excellent
adhesion over time.
9,2
Basic controller functionality can be easily extended using the EXP series
expansion modules:
- Relay outputs to increase the number of steps
- Capacitor protection
- Digital and analog inputs and outputs
- Opto-isolated static outputs
- Relay outputs
- Opto-isolated RS232 interface
- Opto-isolated RS485 interface
- Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web server function
- Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface
- GPRS/GSM modem
- Data logging and calender-clock (RTC).
Automatic power factor controllers and thryristor modules
DCRG series
SUITABLE FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
USING CONTACTORS OR THYRISTOR MODULES
SMS SENDING FOR ALARM CONDITIONS
DATA SENDING BY EMAIL OR FTP SERVER
WEB SERVER FOR DATA READING
STREAMLINE DESIGN
The DCRG controller has an ergonomic design and, at the same time,
particular care has been given to to minimum detail aesthetics.
MASTER-SLAVE FUNCTION
The DCRG controller can control the
outputs of other analog controllers in
addition to its own steps. In this way,
it offers a master-slave architecture.
Up to 3 slaves can be controlled to
obtain a system with a total of 4
controllers, which means 64 steps.
WEB SERVER FUNCTION
By installing the Ethernet expansion
module EXP10 13, the main
measured values of the controller
can be viewed by most common
Web-client compatibles, on the
market, using Java platform and
with no need to install any
additional PC software.
Master
CAPACITOR PROTECTION
By adding the apposite EXP10 16
expansion module, the DCRG
controller can be equipped with
additional capacitor protection
functions. The module can measure
the harmonic current values and the
capacitor temperature on-site.
GSM/GPRS MODEM
By fitting the EXP10 15 expansion
module, the controller is
automatically equipped and
configures a GSM/GPRS modem.
This simplifies installation and
wiring.
Once a data-enabled SIM card is
inserted, alarm or event SMS,
email messages and latest logged
data can be transmitted by the
controller to FTP servers.
5A AND 1A BOTH ON THE SAME
CONTROLLER
By configuring an apposite
parameter, the controller can be
enabled for use with either a 5A or
1A secondary current transformer.
GRAPHS AND TEXT IN MULTI
LANGUAGES
SUITABLE FOR MEDIUM-VOLTAGE
SYSTEMS
The controllers can be installed in
medium-voltage systems thanks to
its configuration for voltage
transformer ratio, thereby obtaining
measurements with regards to the
transformer primary value both for
the correction adjustment and the
display readouts.
SUITABLE FOR DYNAMIC (FAST)
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
With the EXP10 01 static output
expansion module installed, the
controller can be used in dynamic
power factor correction systems
where the reactive load quickly
varies over time.
Also taking advantage of the built-in
controller relay outputs, a mixed
system of traditional relay and
dynamic type of correction steps
can be obtained.
Slave 1
THREE CURRENT INPUTS
- Independent power factor
correction of each step can be
done.
- Identification of capacitor failure on
any of the phases being controlled.
- Analysis of all electrical parameters
of the system by a multimeter.
Slave 2
Viewing of waveforms, text, trend
and bar graphs in 10 languages:
Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Czech, Polish, Russian,
Portuguese and customisable.
23
WIDE RANGE OF RATED VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENTS
The wide measurement range
between 100 to 690VAC allows to
use the controller in most types of
applications.
Slave 3
23-5
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Reactive current controller
DCRM series
Order code
Steps
Auxiliary supply Qty
voltage
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[V]
n°
[kg]
1
0.166
Single and three-phase low-voltage system.
Reactive current monitoring relay.
DCRM 2
2
380-415VAC
General characteristics
DCRM2 allows to control the reactive current of a plant,
eliminating it from the total current drawn from the
mains and correcting the cos-phi of the load to the best
possible value.
It can control the connection of two capacitor banks
maximum. Each one of the two banks can be individually
enabled and its power can be set through a dedicated
potentiometer.
It is also possible to adjust the time for connection and
disconnection of the capacitor banks, thereby modifying
the reaction speed of the system.
The controller can be used both in single-phase and
three-phase wiring.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 380-415VAC standard stock;
220-240VAC and 440-480VAC on request
– Rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Voltage measurement input range: 80-528VAC
– Current input:
• By CT /5A
• Measurement range: 0.1-6A
• TRMS measurements (True Root Mean Square)
• Automatic identification of CT polarity connection
(direct-reverse)
– Relay outputs
• 2 outputs, each with 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
rated 8A-250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Independent enabling of each
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3-module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
placed in IP40 enclosure or control board); IP20 at
terminals.
DCRM 2
ADJUSTMENTS
“C/K Step 1”
“C/K Step 2”
“Connection delay”
“Disconnection delay”
“System configuration”
C/K ratio threshold for step 1
OFF/0.15-2
C/K ratio threshold for step 2
OFF/0.15-2
Step connection delay 1-60s
Step disconnection delay
1-60s
Wiring selection for single or
three-phase system 1PH-3PH.
INDICATIONS
– 1 green LED for power on and inhibition time
– 2 red LEDs for step connection.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(File E93601), as Auxliary Devices-Modular ampere
monitoring relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
Contactors for power factor correction
See section 2, page 2-12.
23
23-6
Dimensions
page 23-12
Wiring diagrams
page 23-13
Technical characteristics
page 23-15
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
DCRK series
Order code
Steps
Flush-mount
housing
size
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[mm (in)]
n°
[kg]
DCRK 3
3
96x96 (3.8x3.8)
1
0.355
DCRK 5
5
96x96 (3.8x3.8)
1
0.365
DCRK 7
7
96x96 (3.8x3.8)
1
0.375
DCRK 8
8
144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
0.640
DCRK 12
12
144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
0.660
Software.
DCRK 3 - DCRK 5 - DCRK 7
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
DCRK SW
Set-up and automatic test 1
software complete with
51 C11 cable
n°
[kg]
0.246
51 C11
PC ÷ DCRK connecting 1
cable 2.8m/2yd long for
TTL/RS232 communication
port
0.090
31 PACR
Front IP54 protective
cover for DCRK8 and
DCRK12 types
1
0.107
31 PA 96X96
Front IP54 protective
cover for DCRK3, DCRK5
and DCRK7 types
1
0.077
Accessories.
DCRK 8 - DCRK 12
Example of main window frame using DCRK SW software
General characteristics
– 3, 5, 7, 8 and 12 step versions, the last two of which
are programmable as alarm and/or fan control except
for DCRK3
– Digital microprocessor controllers for automatic power
factor correction systems with relay outputs for the
connection and disconnection of capacitor banks
– Use in co-generation systems, 4-quadrant operation
– Accuracte and reliable power factor control of a
system even in presence of high current and voltage
harmonic content
– Warrant balanced capacitor usage, to extend its life,
obtained by intelligent adjustment interface based on
number of switching operations and connection time
of each step
– Average weekly power factor measurement (last 7 days)
– Adjustable tripping sensitivity (integral switching time)
– Adjustable reconnection time delay
– No-voltage release protection function
– Capacitor over-current and panel over-heating
protection
– Programmable automatic set-up function
– TTL/RS232 communication interface with a personal
computer for: quick set-up, function and alarm
customising and automatic electric panel test.
Operational characteristics
– Voltage circuit
• Auxiliary supply and control voltage Ue:
380-415VAC standard stock
Available on request:
220-240VAC
415-440VAC
440-480VAC
480-525VAC
• Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±1% self configurable
• Power consumption:
6.2VA for DCRK3, DCRK5 and DCRK7;
5VA for DCRK8 and DCRK12
– Current circuit
• Rated current Ie: 5A (1A available on request)
• Overload peak: 20Ie for 10ms
• Power consumption: 0.65W
– Measurement and control
• Power factor adjustment: 0.8 ind to 0.8 cap
• Voltage measurement range: -15 to 10% Ue
• Current measurement range: 2.5 to 120% Ie
• Temperature measurement range: -30...+85°C
• Capaitor over-current measurement range: 0-250%
• TRMS voltage and current measurements
• Reconnection time of same step: 5-240s
• Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
– Relay outputs
• 3, 5, 7, 8 or 12 depending on type, of which the last
one with independent common except for DCRK 3
• Contact arrangement: Normally Open (NO / SPST)
for all, except DCRK8 and DCRK12 have the last
being a changeover (SPDT)
• Rated capacity: 5A at 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Maximum capacity of common terminal: 12A
• Maximum switching voltage: 440VAC
– Housing
• Flush mount
• IEC degree of protection:
IP20 at terminals for all
IP54 on front for DCRK3, DCRK5 and DCRK7
IP41 on front for DCRK8 and DCRK12; IP54 with
31 PACR cover.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: GOST; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices.
Compliant with standard: IEC 61010-1; EN55011,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14; also
IEC/EN 60950-1 for 51 C11 cable.
Contactors for power factor correction
See section 2, page 2-12.
Dimensions
page 23-12
Wiring diagrams
page 23-14
Technical characteristics
page 23-16
23-7
23
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
DCRG series
Order code
DCRG 8
Steps
Flush-mount
housing
size
Qty
per
pkg
n°
[mm(in)]
n°
8
144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
Wt
[kg]
0.980
Maximum DCRG 8 expandability
DCRG 8
Controller
EXP10 06
EXP10 01
TOTAL
2 relay-output 4 static-output
module
module
STEPS
N° of steps N° of modules N° of modules Relay
DCRG 8
Static
8
1 (2 steps)
-
10
-
8
1 (2 steps)
1 (4 steps)
10
4
8
2 (4 steps)
-
12
-
8
2 (4 steps)
1 (4 steps)
12
4
8
3 (6 steps)
-
14
-
8
4 (8 steps)
-
16
-
8
-
-
8
-
8
-
1 (4 steps)
8
4
8
-
2 (8 steps)
8
8
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
Slave 3
When the correction system is subdivided into various panel
boards, a DCRG8 “Master” controller can control up to 3
DCRG8 “Slave” controllers. The “Slave” controllers serve as
remote outputs for the connection of the capacitor banks by
carrying out the “Master” controller commands.
General characteristics
The DCRG8 controller has been designed to satisfy
technical characteristics of modern electrical installations
in industry and of new users’ needs.
Main power factor controller characteristics include:
reliability, capability of working in all conditions and the
ability to detect critical operating conditions and all this to
protect the power factor correction system.
DCRG8 is created to satisfy these requirements and with
the option to extend its own functionality by using
specific expansion modules. A standard-supplied USB
optic port is also available for controller programming,
diagnosis and data downloads.
User’s interface is easy thanks to the backlight graphic
LCD that contributes to excellent data reading even with
bad lighting conditions and to view information clearly
and comprehensively.
Main features are:
– Backlight graphic 128x80 pixel LCD with text in 10
languages: Italian, English, Spanish, French, German,
Czech, Polish, Russian, Portuguese and customisable
– Automatic identification of sense of CT current flow
– Connection to single and three-phase lines, threephase lines with neutral control and co-generation
systems with 4-quadrant operation
– Use with medium-voltage lines
– Capability to correctly operate also in systems having
high harmonic content
– Extreme reduction of the number of switching operations
– Balanced use of steps with same power rating
– Reactive power measurement per installed step
– Recording of the number of connections per step
– Capacitor over-current protection on all three phases
– Over-temperature protection by internal sensor
– Accurate no-voltage release protection function
– Current and voltage harmonic analysis
– Harmonic analysis of current and voltage waveforms
recorded for overload events
– Quick CT programming function
– USB and Wi-Fi communication interface for personal
computer, smartphone and tablet connection
– Modbus®-RTU and ASCII communication protocols
– Set-up and remote control software
– SMS sending for alarm conditions with EXP10 15
expanision module.
Operational characteristics
– Voltage circuit
• Auxiliary power supply: 100-240VAC
• Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±10%
– Current circuit
• Single and three-phase input
• Rated current Ie: 5A (1A programmable)
– Measurement and control
• Power factor adjustment: 0.8 ind to 0.8 cap
• Voltage measurement range: 85-760VAC
• Current measurement range: 0.125-6A
• Temperature measurement range: -30...+85°C
• Capacitor over-current measurement: 0-250%
• TRMS voltage and current measurements
• Reconnection delay time of the same step: 5-3600s
• Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
– Relay outputs
• 8 outputs, each with 1 Normally Open (NO / SPST)
contact, except the last being a changeover (SPDT)
• Rated capacity: 5A 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
– IEC degree of protection: IP54 on front; IP20 at
terminals
– Flush-mount housing.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: cULus pending completion at time
of catalogue printing.
Compliant with standards: IEC 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
EN 55011, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23
Contactors for power factor correction
See section 2, page 2-12.
23-8
Accessories
page 23-9
Dimensions
page 23-12
Wiring diagrams
page 23-14
Technical characteristics
page 23-16
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Expansion modules
for DCRG 8
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Inputs and outputs.
EXP 10...
EXP10 06
2 relay outputs to increase
number of steps
1
0.064
EXP10 01
4 static otuputs, opto-isolated,
to increase number of steps
1
0.054
EXP10 16
Capacitor both protection
1
0.080
EXP10 00
4 digital inputs, opto-isolated
1
0.060
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static
outputs, opto-isolated
1
0.058
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs, rated 5A 250VAC 1
0,050
EXP10 04
2 analog inputs, opto-isolated, 1
0/4-20mA, PT100, 0-10V or 0...±5V
0.056
EXP10 05
2 analog outputs, opto-isolated 1
0/4-20mA, 0-10V or 0...±5V
0.064
Communication ports.
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
1
0.040
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
1
0.050
EXP10 13
Opto-isolated Ethernet interface 1
with Web server function
0.060
EXP10 14
Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface 1
0.080
General characteristics
EXP series expansion modules can add extra functions
to the DCRG series power factor controllers.
Each controller can mount a maximum of four expansion
modules.
These modules snap on to the rear of the controller and
allow to:
– Increase the number of steps to connect
– Use in applications with static real-time (fast) power
factor correction
– Add analog type of inputs and outputs to have
0/4...20mA, 0...10V, -5...+5V or PT100 function
– Add RS232 and RS485 communication ports
supporting SMS and modem
– predispose the controller for connection to Ethernet
TCP/IP, Profibus-DP, GPRS/GSM.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(File E93601), as Listed Accessory under Auxiliary
Devices, for EXP... modules only.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
For overall dimensions, wiring diagrams and technical
characteristics, consult the instructions manuals online in
the LOVATO Electric website; see details on inside front
cover.
Various functionality.
Communication devices
for DCRG 8
EXP10 15
GPRS/GSM modem
1
0.080
EXP10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar with 1
backup battery for data logging
0.050
Order code
Description
CX 01
PC÷DCRG8 connecting cable, 1
with USB optic connector for
programming, data download,
diagnosis and firmware upgrade
0.090
CX 02
PC ÷ DCRG8 Wi-Fi connecting 1
device for programming, data
download, diagnosis and firmware
upgrade
0.090
CX 03
GSM quad-band antenna
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for
EXP10 15 expansion module
1
0.090
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Qty Wt
per
conf.
n°
CX 01
Software and accessories
for DCRG 8
[kg]
Software.
DCRJ SW
Set-up, automatic panel test and 1
remote control software, with
51 C2 connecting cable
0.246
51 C2
1
PC÷DCRG8 c/w EXP10 11
connecting cable, 1.8m/2yd long
0.090
51 C4
PC÷4 PX1 converter drive
1
connecting cable,1.8m/2yd long
0.147
51 C5
Analog modem ÷DCRG8 c/w
EXP10 11 connecting cable,
1.8m/2yd long∂
1
0.111
51 C6
4 PX1 converter drive÷DCRG8 1
c/w EXP10 11 connecting cable
1.8m/2yd long
0.102
51 C9
PC÷Analog modem connecting 1
cable, 1.8m/2yd long
0.137
4 PX1
RS232/RS485 converter drive, 1
galvanically isolated, 220-240VAC
(110-120VAC on request)∑
0.600
Accessories.
51 C4
General characteristics
Communication and connection devices allow the
DCRG8 controller to be linked to:
– Personal computer (PC)
– Smartphone
– Tablet
– Various types of modem
– BUS converter drives.
CX 01
This USB optic connector, complete with cable, provides
for connection of the DCRG8 controller with a PC without
even disconnecting the power supply of the electric
panel board and to be able to:
– Program parameters
– Download data and event logs
– Complete diagnosis.
The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 02
Using Wi-Fi connection, the DCRG8 power factor
controllers can be viewed by a PC, smartphone and
tablet without having to connect cables and allows to:
– Program parameters
– Download data and event logs
– Complete diagnosis.
CX 03
Compatible with major worldwide mobile phone
networks, thanks to the 800/900/1800/1900MHz
frequencies.
For overall dimensions, wiring diagrams and technical
characteristics, consult the instructions manual online in
the LOVATO Electric website; see details on inside front
cover.
23
∂ Consult Customer Service for information; see contact details on inside
front cover.
∑ RS232/RS485 opto-isolated analag modem, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision, 220...240VAC ±10%
power supply (110...120VAC on request).
23-9
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
DCRJ series
Order code
Steps
Flush-mount
housing
size
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[mm (in)]
n°
[kg]
Version with relay outputs.
DCRJ 8
8
144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
0.940
DCRJ 12
12
144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
0.980
Version with static outputs.
11 static 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1
+ 1 relay
0.950
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DCRJ SW
Set-up, automatic panel
test and remote control
software complete with
51 C2 connecting cable
1
0.246
51 C2
PC ÷ DCRJ connecting
cable, 1.8m/2yd long
1
0.090
51 C4
PC ÷ 4 PX1 converter
drive connecting cable
1.8m/2yd long
1
0.147
51 C5
Analog modem÷ DCRJ
connecting cable,
1.8m/2yd long∂
1
0.111
51 C6
DCRJ ÷ 4 PX1 converter
drive connecting cable,
1.8m/2yd long
1
0.102
51 C9
PC ÷ analog modem
connecting cable,
1.8m/2yd long
1
0,137
4 PX1
RS232/RS485 converter
1
drive, galvanically isolated,
220-240VAC power supply
(110-120VAC on request)∑
0.600
NTC 01
External temperature sensor, 1
with 3m/3.3yd long cable
0.150
31 PACR
Front IP54 protective
cover
0.107
DCRJ 12F
Software.
DCRJ 8 - DCRJ 12
DCRJ 12F
Accessories.
∂ Consult Customer Service for modem details; see
contact details on inside front cover.
∑ RS232/RS485 opto-isolated analog modem,
38,400 Baud rate maximum, automatic or maual
TRANSMIT line supervision, 220...240VAC ±10%
power supply (110...120VAC supply on request).
1
Example of main window frame using DCRJ SW software
23
General characteristics
– 8 and 12 step versions (DCRJ8-DCRJ12), the last two of
which are programmable as alarm and/or fan control
– DCRJ12F version with 11 static outputs plus 1 alarm relay
output
– Digital microprocessor controller for automatic power factor
correction systems with outputs for the connection and
disconnection of capacitor banks
– Use in medium-voltage systems (independed voltage input)
and co-generation systems with 4-quadrant operation
– Accurate power factor control even in presence of high
current and voltage harmonic content
– Warrant balanced capacitor usage
– TRMS current and voltage measurements
– Measurements of average weekly power factor measurement
(last 7 days), capacitor over-current, panel temperature and
voltage and current harmonic content
– Event viewing when harmonic overload limit is exceeded
– Harmonic content analysis at event conditions on logged
waveforms
– Adjustable tripping sensitivity
– Adjustable reconnection time delay for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
– No-voltage release protection function
– Capacitor over-current and panel over-temperature protection
– Panel temperature measurement
– Remote temperature sensor NTC 01 connection
– Programmable automatic set-up for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
– RS232-RS485 communication interace
– PC software for quick set-up, function and alarm
customising, automatic panel testing and remote control
– MODBUS®-RTU and ASCII communication protocols
– Mixed configuration of static and electromechanical steps
with DCRJ12F only.
Operational characteristics
– Supply circuit
• Auxiliary power supply Ue:
110-127/220-240VAC (dual voltage)
• Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±5%
• Power consumption: 9.7VA for DCRJ8-DCRJ12
9.2VA for DCRJ12F
– Voltage circuit
• Three phase without neutral
• Rated measurement voltage: 100-690VAC
• Frequency: 50/60Hz ±5% self configurable
– Current circuit
• Rated current Ie: 5A (1A on request)
• Overload peak: 20Ie for 10ms
• Power consumption: 0.3VA
– Measurement and control
• TRMS voltage-current measurement
• Voltage measurement range: 85-760VAC
• Current measurement range: 2.5÷120%Ie
• External temperature measurement range: -40...+85°C
• Capacitor over-current measurement range: 0-250%
• Power factor adjustment: 0.8 ind to 0.8 cap
• Reconnection time delay of the same step:
5-240s for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
• Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
• Sampling time: ≈20ms for DCRJ12F only
– DCRJ8-DCRJ12 outputs
• 8 or 12 uscite of which the last is isolated
• Contact arrangement: all Normally Open (NO /SPST) except
the last one being a changeover (SPDT)
• Rated capacity: 5A 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Maximum capacity of common terminal of contacts: 12A
• Rated operational voltage: 250VAC
• Maximum switching voltage: 440VAC
– DCRJ12F outputs
• 11 static outputs for static contactor control
• 1 alarm relay output
• Opto-isolated bi-directional static outputs (Opto-Mosfet)
• Maximum operating voltage: 40VDC; 30VAC
• Maximum operating current: 55mA
– Housing
• Flush mount
• IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front (IP54 with 31 PACR
cover); IP20 at terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: GOST; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
EN 55011, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Contactor for power factor correction
For use with DCRJ8 and DCRJ12 only; see section 2, page 2-12.
23-10
Dimensions
page 23-12
Wiring diagrams
page 23-14
Technical characteristics
page 23-16
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Thyristor modules
Order code
Step descritption
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DCTM3 400 030 30-kvar step module,
400...480VAC
1
4.300
DCTM3 400 050 50-kvar step module,
400...525VAC
1
4.300
DCTM3 400 100 100-kvar step module,
400...525VAC
1
5.600
Power rating available depending on voltage
DCTM3 400 030 DCTM3 400 050 DCTM3 400 100
DCTM3 400...
Current Ie [A]
43A
72A
144A
Voltage
[VAC]
Power
[kvar]
Power
[kvar]
Power
[kvar]
400
30
50
100
440
33
55
110
480
36
60
120
525
—
66
131
General characteristics
– Suitable for dynamic (fast) power factor correction
– Capacitor switching at current flow zero-crossing
– Protection against high in-rush currents at capacitor
switching
– Protection against over temperature obtained by the
built-in sensor.
Operational characteristics
– 30-kvar, 50-kvar and 100-kvar steps
– Rated operational voltage:
• 400-480VAC for DCTM3 400 030 type
• 400-525VAC for DCTM3 400 050 and
DCTM3 400 100 types
– Auxiliary fan power supply: 230VAC (DCTM3 400 100
only)
– Rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Control circuit input range: 8-30VDC
– Controlled phases: 2
– Forced ventilation: DCTM3 400 100 only
– Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature: -10...+45°C
• Use at higher temperatures with power derating,
refer to page 23-17
• IEC degree of protection: IP10.
INDICATIONS
– Auxiliary power on
– Over temperature alarm
– Trigger LED.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: EN 50178.
23
Dimensions
page 23-13
Wiring diagrams
page 23-13
Technical characteristics
page 23-17
23-11
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Dimensions [mm (in)]
REACTIVE CURRENT CONTROLLER
DCRM 2
Ø4.2
(0.16")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
98.3 (3.87")
58 (2.28")
43.7 (1.72")
104.7 (4.12")
5
(0.20")
53.5 (2.11")
59.9 (2.36")
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS
DCRK 3 - DCRK5 - DCRK7
92 (3.62”)
92 (3.62”)
53 (2.09”)
PA96X96
12
(0.47”)
96 (3.78”)
96 (3.78”)
Cutout
31
(1.22”)
6
(0.24”)
DCRK8 - DCRK12
Cutout
31
(1.22”)
47 (1.85”)
138.5 (5.45”)
PACR
138.5 (5.45”)
7.7
(0.30”)
144 (5.67”)
15
(0.59”)
137 (5.39”)
144 (5.67”)
Cutout
DCRG 8
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”)
64.5 (2.54”)
137 (5.39”)
144 (5.67”)
138.5 (5.45”)
44
(1.73”)
9.2
(0.36”)
73 (2.87”)
EXP 10...
D
Cutout
DCRJ8 - DCRJ12 - DCRJ12F
144 (5.67”)
15
(0.59”)
47 (1.85”)
7.7
(0.30”)
138.5 (5.45”)
23-12
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”)
137 (5.39”)
23
Automatic power factor controllers and thryistor modules
Dimensions [mm (in)]
THYRISTOR MODELES
DCTM3 400 030 - DCTM3 400 050
DCTM3 400 100
157 (6.18”)
145 (5.71”)
134 (5.27”)
123 (4.84”)
205 (8.07”)
64 (2.52”)
61 (2.40”)
253 (9.96”)
135 (5.31”)
2.5 (0.10”)
53 (2.09”)
200 (7.87”)
170 (6.69”)
120 (4.72”)
200 (7.87”)
170 (6.69”)
120 (4.72”)
157 (6.18”)
145 (5.71”)
134 (5.27”)
123 (4.84”)
83 (3.27”)
135 (5.31”)
5
(0.20”)
78 (3.07”)
83 (3.27”)
103 (4.05”)
Wiring diagrams
REACTIVE CURRENT CONTROLLER
DCRM 2
Single-phase connection
Three-phase connection
BF...K type
contactor
connection
BF...K type
contactor
connection
THYRISTOR MODELES
DCTM3 400...
MAINS
L1 L2 L3
DCTM3
L1
C1
C1
L3
-
23
C3
+
L N
Fan power supply 240VAC input
(DCTM3 400 100 only)
LOAD
Control circuit input
8...30VDC
23-13
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Wiring diagrams
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS
DCRK... with BFK... type contactor
MAINS
DCRK12
L1 L2 L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
/5A
0V
380-415V
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
15
16
CURRENT
C
CT1
FU16
QS1
FU2
FU1
FU13
FU14
FU12
FU15
KM2
KM1
IMPORTANT
a. For three-phase connection, the voltage input must be connected
between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
connected on the remaining free phase.
b. The polarify of the current input is irrelevant.
KM12
CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
LOAD
K2
K1
K12
DCRG 8 with BFK... type contactors
MAINS
DCRG8
L1 L2 L3
100-240VAC
INPUT
VOLTAGE
100-690VAC
0V
AUX
SUPPLY
11
12
L1 L2 L3
CURRENT
/5A
S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S2
S2
C 1
2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10
EXP10 06
max. 4 modules
EXP10 01
max. 2 modules
11 14 21 24
13 14 23 24 33 34 43 44
CT1
FU17
QS1
FU2
FU1
FU13
FU14
FU16
FU12
IIMPORTANT
a. For three-phase connection, the voltage input must be connected
between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
connected on the remaining free phase.
b. The polarify of the current input is irrelevant.
FU15
KM2
KM1
KM12
CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
LOAD
K2
K1
K12
DCRJ... with BFK... type contactors
MAINS
DCRJ12
L1 L2 L3
/5A
S1 S2
220-240VAC
CURRENT
0V
110-127VAC
AUX
SUPPLY
15 16 17
1
2 3 4
5
6
7 8 9 10 11 12
RS485
INPUT
VOLTAGE
100-690VAC
L1 L2 L3
TEMP.
SENSOR
C 1
2 3 4
5 6 7
TR
A
B
SG
18
NTC01
19
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CT1
FU17
23
QS1
FU2
FU1
FU13
FU16
FU14
FU12
FU15
KM2
KM1
IIMPORTANT
a. For three-phase connection, the voltage input must be connected
between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
connected on the remaining free phase.
b. The polarify of the current input is irrelevant.
KM12
LOAD
CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
K1
23-14
K2
K12
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Technical characteristics
DCRM series - Reative current controller
TYPE
DCRM 2
AUXILIARY SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Rated auxiliary voltage Us
380-415VAC (standard); 220-240VAC and 440-480VAC on request
Operating range
0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency
50/60Hz ±5%
Power consumption/dissipation maximum
4.4VA / 2.4W
Micro-breaking immunity
≤ 17ms
No-voltage release
≥ 8ms
VOLTAGE INPUT
Maximum rated voltage Ue
Measurement range
Frequency range
Measurement input impedance
Type of connection
480VAC
80-528VAC
50 or 60Hz ±1% self configurable
>1MΩ
L1-L2 or L-N
CURRENT INPUT
Type of connection
Rated current Ie
Measurement range
Type of input
Measurement method
Overload capacity
By current transformer (CT)
5A~
0.1...6A
Shunt supplied by external current transformer (low voltage). Max. 5A
True RMS value
+20% Ie
Overload peak
10In for 1s
Dynamic limit
160A for 10ms
Burden
≤ 0.6W
ADJUSTMENTS
C/K step 1 and 2
Connection and disconnection time delays
System configuration
OFF / 0.15-2
1 - 60s
3 phase or 1 phase
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of outputs
2 each with 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
Rated operational voltage
250VAC
Maximum switching voltage
400VAC
IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation
Electrical life (with rated load)
Mechanical life
8A
B300
105 cycles
30x106 cycles
CONNECTIONS
Maximum tightening torque
0.8Nm (7 lbin)
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12AWG)
INSULATION (input-output)
Rated insulation voltage
480VAC
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
–20...+60°C
Storage temperature
–30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material
Self-extinguishing polyamide
23
23-15
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristors modules
Technical characteristics
DCRK and DCRJ series - Power factor controllers
TYPE
DCRK3 - DCRK5 - DCRK7
DCRK8 - DCRK12
DCRG8
DCRJ8 - DCRJ12
DCRJ12F
∂
∂
100-240VAC
110-127 /
220-240VAC
dual voltage
110-127 /
220-240VAC
dual voltage
AUXILIARY SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Rated auxiliary voltage Us
Operating range
––
-15 to +10%
Rated frequency
––
50Hz o 60Hz ±5%
Power consumption maximum
––
Power dissipation
maximum
(output contacts excluded)
––
5.5W
Control voltage
380-415VAC standard∑
(self powered)
100-690VAC
Operating range
-15 to +20%
7VA
9.7VA
9.2VA
VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
85-760VAC
Rated voltage
50 or 60Hz ±1% self configurable
Power consumption
6.2VA
5VA
0.03VA
Power dissipation
maximum
(output contacts excluded)
dissipatadai contatti di uscita)
2.7W
3W
––
Power dissipation by contact of
one output / with 5A load at 250VAC)
0,5W
Immunity time for microbreakings
≤65ms
≤45ms
No-voltage release
≥8ms
CURRENT CIRCUIT
Rated current Ie
5A (1A on request)
Programmable 5A/1A
Operating range
5A (1A on request)
0.125-6A
Constant overload
1.2 Ie
Short time withstand current
10 Ie for 1s
Current consumption
0.65W
0.27VA
MEASUREMENT DATA
Type of voltage-current measurement
TRMS
Power factor adjustment
Type of temperature sensor
0.8 inductive to 0.8 capactive
Semiconductor (internal)
Internal+PT100 w/EXP...
Semiconductor (internal)+NTC01 (external)
-30...+85°C
––
-40...+85°C for external
Temperature measurement range
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of outputs
Contact arrangement
3, 5 or 7
8 (10, 12, 14, 16 w/EXP...)
8 or 12
3, 5 or 7 N0 (SPST) contacts
8 or 12
7 or 11 NO (SPST) contacts + 1 changeover (SPDT)
IEC rated capacity
1
1 changeover (SPDT)
5A 250V (AC1)
Maximum capacity of common
terminal of contacts
12A
Maximum switching voltage
440VAC
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1
designation
B300
105 cycles
Electrical life (at rated load)
30x106 cycles
Mechanical life
STATIC OUTPUTS
Number of outputs
––
4 or 8 with EXP10 01
––
11
Type of output
––
Opto-isolated bi-directional (Opto-Mosfet)
Rated operational voltage
––
40VDC - 30VAC
Rated operational current
––
55mA at 60°C
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal
Removable/plug-in
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
Conductor section min-max
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
HOUSING
23
Version
Material
IEC degree of protection
∂
∑
Flush mount
IP54
Refer to data given under voltage circuit.
Other voltages on request: 220-240VAC; 415-440VAC; 440-480VAC; 480-525VAC.
23-16
Flush mount
Self-extinguishing Noryl
IP41
Self-extinguishing LEXAN
IP54
IP41
IP41
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Technical characteristics
Thyristor modules
TYPE
DCTM3 400 30
DCTM3 400 50
DCTM3 400 100
400-480VAC
400-525VAC
400-525VAC
43A
72A
144A
Step power at 400VAC
30kvars
50kvars
100kvars
Maximum inverse voltage
2200VAC
2800VAC
2800VAC
AUXILIARY SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Rated auxiliary voltage Us
Rated current Ie
Number of controlled phases
2
Self powered
Yes
Auxiliary fan power supply input
Power consumption
––
maximum
Control circuit
230VAC
8-30VDC
(2mA at 12VDC)
Over-temperature protection
Cooling system
––
9VA
Yes
Natural
IEC degree of protection
Natural
Forced ventilation
(fan control voltage 230VAC input)
IP10
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-10...+45°C (Ie<50A)
-10...+50°C (Ie<48A)
-10...+55°C (Ie<46A)
-10...+45°C (Ie<100A)
-10...+50°C (Ie<90A)
-10...+55°C (Ie<85A)
-10...+45°C (Ie<190A)
-10...+50°C (Ie<180A)
-10...+55°C (Ie<170A)
-30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material
Metal
23
23-17
Page 26-6
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS
• Starting with or without power key switch
• Programmable inputs and outputs
• Front LED indicators for engine alarm
conditions and diagnostics.
Page 26-8
AUTO MAINS FAILURE (AMF) GEN-SET
CONTROLLERS
• Automatic starting of generator and load
switching to stand-by emergency source in
case of mains failure
• Supervision in “open transition” for contactors,
motorised circuit breakers and motorised
changeover switches
• Engine protection
• Programmable inputs, outputs and alarms.
Page 26-10
REMOTE UNITS
• Remote viewing and control panels
• Remote annunciator for alarm and status
indication
• Digital outputs for alarm and status
condition remoting.
Page 26-7
STAND ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLERS
• Generator voltage and current control
• Engine protection
• Programmable inputs and outputs
• Programmable alarm properties.
Page 26-9
PARALLELING CONTROLLERS FOR
MAINS-GENERATOR AND GENERATOR-GENERATOR
• Mains-generator “closed transition” synchronising
• Mains-generator load sharing with source peak
demand control
• Generator paralleling supervision (island mode with
load sharing).
Page 26-11
COMMUNICATION DEVICES, SOFTWARE AND
ACCESSORIES
• Communication interfaces
• Additional digital and analog inputs and outputs
• GPRS-GSM module
• Setup and supervision software and APP.
ENGINE
26
AND GENERATOR CONTROLLERS
Extensive selection of functions to
satisfy all application requirements
Power supply range 12-24VDC for
each single product
Totally programmable inputs,
outputs and alarms
RS232, RS485, USB, Ethernet
communication interface
Engine control by CANbus
Setup and supervision software
Modem control for sending alarm
messages and emails.
Engine protection controllers ..........................................................................................................................................
Stand alone gen-set controllers .......................................................................................................................................
Automatic mains failure (AMF) gen-set controllers .........................................................................................................
Paralleling controllers for mains-generator and generator-generator .............................................................................
Remote units ....................................................................................................................................................................
Communication devices and accessories . ......................................................................................................................
Software ..........................................................................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 26
13
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Engine and generator controllers
Engine and generator controllers
Characteristics
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS
RGK20
RGK40
RGK600 SA
RGK601 SA
RGK700 SA
Generator voltage control
–
L-N L1-L2-L3/N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
Current control
–
–
L1
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
50/60/400Hz
Rated frequency
RGK800 SA
–
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
Digital inputs
n°
4
4
6
5
7
9
Digital outputs
n°
2 (Relay)
3 (SSR)
1 (Relay) + 4 (SSR)
6 (SSR)
3 (Relay) + 4 (SSR)
3 (Relay)+6 (SSR)+1(SO)
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
–
–
–
Engine running inputs
Ohmic inputs for fuel-pressure-temperature
Remote control
–
–
–
–
CANbus interface
–
–
–
RGK601SA
Rated battery voltage
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
Power supply range
9-33VDC
9-35VDC
9-35VDC
7-33VDC
7-33VDC
7-33VDC
Mains voltage control
–
–
–
–
–
–
Rated voltage range
–
10-277VAC
100-415VAC
100-480VAC
30-600VAC
30-600VAC
5A
5A/1A
5A/1A
5A/1A
4-digit LCD
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x80 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x80 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x80 pixels
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
VT programming
–
–
Rated input current
–
–
TRMS voltage measurement
–
–
TRMS current measurement
–
–
Display
–
7 digit LCD
Engine running magnetic pick-up input
Engine speed input
–
–
–
RGK600SA
“W”
“W” or generator
frequency
“W” or generator
frequency
“W” or generator
frequency or
“Pick-up” (RGK600SA)
Auxiliary analog input
–
–
–
–
–
I/O expansion
–
–
–
RGK RR
RGK RR
3 x EXP... + RGK RR
USB/Optical port on front
–
–
–
EXP1010
Wi-Fi port on front
–
–
–
USB port at rear
–
–
–
–
–
Ethernet port with Web server function
–
–
–
–
–
EXP1013
GPRS/GSM modem
–
–
–
–
–
EXP1015
RS232 serial port
–
(TTL)
(TTL)
–
RS485 serial port
–
–
–
Event logging
–
–
–
RTC (Real Time Clock)
–
–
–
Programmable Inputs/Outputs
–
PLC logic function
EXP1011
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Alarms
n°
6
13
25
59
60
60
User alarms
n°
–
1
1
4
8
8
–
Alarm property customising
–
Texts for alarms, events and parameters
–
–
Multilanguage (type)
–
–
–
Upload languages
–
–
–
Load sharing
–
–
–
–
–
Generator paralleling
–
–
–
–
–
–
Mains-generator synchronising
(closed transition)
–
–
–
–
–
–
n°
IEC front degree of protection
26
STAND ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLERS
RGK30
Certifications
Frequency only.
Controller uploading of other mutilanguage sets.
IP65 with optional gasket seal.
26-2
5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
–
IP41
IP41
IP54
IP54 IP65
IP65
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
Engine and generator controllers
AUTO MAINS (AMF) GEN-SET CONTROLLERS
Generator voltage control
PARALLELING / LOAD SHARING
RGK600
RGK601
RGK700
RGK800
RGK900
RGK900 SA
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
Current control
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
Rated frequency
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60/400Hz
50/60/400Hz
50/60/400Hz
9
13
13
Digital inputs
n°
5
7
Digital outputs
n°
6 (SSR)
3 (Relay) + 4 (SSR)
“D+”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
“D+” and “AC”
Engine running inputs
3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO) 3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO) 3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO)
Ohmic inputs for fuel-pressure-temperature
Remote control
–
CANbus interface
RGK601
Rated battery voltage
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
12/24VDC
Power supply range
7-33VDC
7-33VDC
7-33VDC
7-36VDC
7-36VDC
–
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3-N
–
100-480VAC
30-600VAC
30-600VAC
30-600VAC
30-600VAC
5A/1A
5A/1A
5A/1A
5A/1A
5A/1A
Graphic backlight
LCD,
192x112 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x80 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x80 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x112 pixels
Graphic backlight
LCD,
128x112 pixels
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
“W” or generator
frequency
or “Pick-up”
Mains voltage control
Rated voltage range
VT programming
Rated input current
TRMS voltage measurement
TRMS current measurement
Display
Engine running magnetic pick-up input
RGK600
Engine speed input
“W” or generator
frequency (RGK600)
or “Pick-up”
Auxiliary analog input
–
–
RGK RR
RGK RR
3 x EXP... + RGK RR
4 x EXP... + RGK RR
4 x EXP... + RGK RR
USB port at rear
–
–
EXP1010
EXP1010
EXP1010
Ethernet port with Web server function
–
–
EXP1013
EXP1013
EXP1013
GPRS/GSM modem
–
–
EXP1015
EXP1015
EXP1015
RS232 serial port
–
EXP1011
EXP1011
EXP1011
RS485 serial port
–
–
–
–
I/O expansion
USB/Optical port on front
Wi-Fi port on front
Event logging
RTC (Real Time Clock)
Programmable Inputs/Outputs
PLC logic function
–
Alarms
n°
59
60
60
67
67
User alarms
n°
4
8
8
16
16
5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
Alarm property customising
Texts for alarms, events and parameters
Multilanguage (type)
n°
Upload languages
–
Load sharing
–
–
–
Generator paralleling
–
–
–
Mains-generator synchronising
(closed transition)
–
–
–
IEC front degree of protection
Certifications
–
–
IP54 IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus, EAC
cULus
cULus
26
26-3
Engine and generator controllers
RGK 700 - 800 - 900
A
SUPERIOR CLASS!
CUSTOMISING OPTION
There is a customising slot available on the front to show
controller brand name, logo, trademark, part number,
brief indication or wording, etc.
PROGRAMMING OPTICAL PORT
The optical port on the panel front, using a standard USB or
Wi-Fi point, allows to communicate with a PC, smartphone
and tablet, to carry out programming, diagnostics and data
download, without removing power to the electric panel.
COMPACT SIZE
33
43
IP65 DEGREE OF PROTECTION
The controller front and the internal
display frame seal have been
designed to warrant an IP65
protection degree (optional IP65
gasket for RGK 600-RGK 601). This
with the UV film also allow outdoor
installation.
CABLING AND EXPANSION MODULE FIXING SYSTEM
The controller rear has 4 fitting slots to secure cables connected to the
terminals with cable ties, in an orderly way inside the electric panel. In addition,
a plastic retainer is standard supplied to keep the expansion modules in place
when installed in applications with strong vibrations.
RGK 800
RGK 900
35
RGK 600
RGK 601
RGK 700
RGK 800
RGK 900
Trim frame profile and reduced total
depth simplify installation of the
controllers also in very compact
electric panels.
157
EXP...
INSTALLATION
The fixing with metal screws guarantees
excellent adhesion over time.
EXPANDABILITY
Basic RGK 800 and RGK 900 controller functions can be easily extended using
up to 4 EXP series expansion modules:
- Digital and analog inputs and outputs
- Opto-isolated static outputs
- Relay outputs
- Opto-isolated RS232 interface
- Opto-isolated RS485 interface
- Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web server function
- Data logging and clock-calendar (RTC)
- GPRS/GSM modem
RGK 800 (3 modules)
RGK 900 (4 modules)
26
K!
CLIC
56
59
RGK 800
RGK 900
26-4
12
Engine and generator controllers
RGK 700 - 800 - 900
EXPANDABILITY
An extensive selection of modules is available to increase the
controller functionity.
GPRS/GSM MODEM
Among the expansion modules, there is a GPRS/GSM modem,
automatically configured by genset controller.
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance supervision at programmed intervals.
STREAMLINE DESIGN
The controller has an ergonomic design and, at the same
time, particular care has been given to details.
GPRS/GSM MODEM
PLC FUNCTION
REMOTE UNITS
Remote displays panels
Once a data-enabled SIM card is
inserted, RGK 800 - RGK 900
controllers can send SMS and email
messages with alarm and event
conditions as well as the latest logged
events to a FTP server.
OPTO-ISOLATED ETHERNET INTERFACE
WITH WEB SERVER FUNCTION
Web Browsing of the single controller
connected in Ethernet by EXP10 13
expansion module.
CANBUS COMMUNICATION PORT
Most models are standard equipped
with CAN-J1939 communication
port.
Capability to combine together
internal status of controllers with
signals incoming from the field to
activate outputs and generate alarms.
LOAD MANAGEMENT
There are different methods of
controlling the load conditions; each
controller has special parameters
functions as follows:
- RGK 600 - RGK 700 - RGK800
types: load shedding and dummy
load modes
- RGK 900 types: base-load and
peak shaving modes.
PARALLELING
RGK 900 and RGK 900SA
controllers can control the
switching between the mains and
generators without having to switch
off the power supply to the load.
In addition, they can control the
paralleling connection of two or
more generators sharing in this way
the load on more than one source.
The RGK 900MC can control and
synchronise mains parallel
operation with a power bus
composed by a series of generating
sets.
There are “mirror” display units
available to remotely operate as if in
front of the generating set.
Remote annunciator
A remote display can view alarm
conditions and can be operated for
silencing them.
Alarm-state relay unit
The relay unit allows to transmit, on
volt-free contacts, the status and
alarms of RGK... controllers.
SUPERVISION SOFTWARE
is web-based and provides
for an easy and efficient way to
monitor and control electrical
installations as well as field
equipment.
With this versatile system, the user
can parameterise controllers, get
data-log files and commands
carried out, compile graphic pages
and charts and implement access
level management.
Server-multiclient system based on
MS SQL RDBMS with web-browser
interface.
Simultaneous management of
different communication channels
with independent configuration
(protocols, speed rate, RS232,
RS485, Ethernet, modem).
26
26-5
Engine and generator controllers
Engine protection
controllers
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
RGK 30
12/24VDC for external
start-stop key switch
n°
[kg]
1
0.160
RGK 20
12/24VDC, built-in power 1
supply key switch, with
TTL programming port
0.270
RGK 30
General characteristics for RGK 30
OPERATOR INTERFACE
– 2 programming key buttons
– 1 LED indicator for engine status
– 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
– 5 LED indicators for alarm status
– Remote starting only.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
– Digital inputs: 3 negative and 1 positive
(start/stop by remote key switch)
– Digital outputs: 2 relay (1 programmable).
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices-Generator
controllers; GOST TR-CU.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, EN 55011, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
General characteristics for RGK 20
OPERATOR INTERFACE
– 1 ON-OFF power supply key selector switch
– 1 semi-automatic engine START button
– 2 programmable key buttons
– 7 digit LCD display (Hours, Hz, VBatt)
– 1 LED indicator for engine status
– 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
– 5 LED indicators for alarm status
– Local or remote starting.
RGK 20
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Programmable functions:
– Generator frequency input
– Digital inputs: 3 negative and 1 positive
– Digital outputs: 3 static (1 programmable)
– Inputs, outputs and alarms, all with programmable
properties.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
– Quick set-up with PC software (TTL/RS232 serial
port).
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesGenerator controllers.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
26
26-6
Accessories
page 26-11
Dimensions
page 26-13
Engine and generator controllers
Stand alone gen-set
controllers
RGK 40
Order code
Description
RGK 40
12/24VDC, built-in power 1
key switch, with TTL
programming port
0.400
RGK 600SA
12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, W/Pick-up speed
input, IP54
0.540
RGK 601SA
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port,
IP54
1
0.540
RGK 700SA
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
RS232 serial port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port,
IP65
1
0.900
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
RS485 serial port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port,
IP65.
Expandible with EXP...
modules
1
RGK 600SA - RGK 601SA
RGK 800SA
RGK 700SA - RGK 800SA
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
0.980
Programmable functions and properties
Characteristics
RGK 6...SA
RGK 700SA
RGK 800SA
Inputs
5
7
9
Relay outputs
–
3
3
Protected static
outputs
6
4
7
Order code
Description
ACCESSORY FOR RGK 600SA AND RGK 601SA
RGK X00
IP65 gasket seal for internal display frame
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 800SA
Inputs and outputs.
EXP 10...
STAND ALONE APPLICATION
G
CONTROL PANEL
LOAD
EXP10 00
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXP10 04
2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 05
2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or
0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 08
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communications interface.
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXP10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXP10 15
GPRS/GSM modem
supervision software
See Section 27.
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 27, page 2.
Accessories and software
pages 26-11 and 12
Expansion modules
page 28-2
Dimensions
page 26-13
General characteristics for RGK 40
OPERATOR INTERFACE
– 1 ON-OFF power supply key selector switch
– 1 semi-automatic engine START button
– 2 programming key buttons
– 4 digit LED display (V, A, kVA, Hours, Vbatt, Hz)
– 6 LED indicators for measurements/readings
– 2 LED indicators for genset status indication
– 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
– 8 LED indicators s for alarm status
– Local and remote starting.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Programmable functions:
– VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3/N
– Digital inputs: 5 negative and 1 positive
– Digital outputs: 1 relay and 4 static
– Programmable properties for inputs, outputs and
alarms.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
– Quick set-up with PC software (TTL/RS232 port)
– Certifications: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Generator
controller.
General characteristics for
RGK 600SA - RGK 601SA - RGK 700SA - RGK 800SA
– VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3-N
– Single, two and three phase voltage control, with or
without neutral
– Rated measurement voltage range:
• 50-576VAC for RGK 600SA and RGK 601SA
• 30-720VAC for RGK 700SA and RGK 800SA
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio
– Current measurement range (3 PH): 0.050-6A or
0.050-1.2A
– Graphic LCD: 128x80 pixels with backlight
– 1 USB/optical and Wi-Fi port on front for programming
– Engine running detection: “D+”, generator voltage and
frequency
– 2 engine speed inputs: “W” or Magnetic “Pick-up”
(RGK 601SA excluded)
– 1 CANbus-J1939 port (RGK 600SA excluded)
– 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
temperature and fuel level control
– 1 built-in alarm remoting port
– Non-volatile memory for event storage
– Alarm, event and parameter text in 5 languages
– Alarm text customisable (8 alarms)
– Event log
– Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII protocols
– Customisation manager software available; compatible
with
software
– Certifications: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices –
Generator controllers.
For RGK 700SA – RGK 800SA only
– PLC logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
– 1 communication port: RS232 for RGK700SA; RS485
for RGK 800SA
– Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for
use with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure
installation.
For RGK 800SA only
– Neutral current measurement range: 0.050-6A or
0.050-1.2A
– 400Hz frequency support
– 1 programmable analog input
– Modbus-TCP communication protocol
– Current leakage control towards earth/ground
– Clock-calendar (RTC).
MAIN FUNCTIONS FOR RGK 600SA-RGK 601SARGK 700SA-RGK 800SA
– Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings
– “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
– Generator controls: phase sequence, maximum and
minimum voltage and frequency, voltage asymmetry
– Programmable maintenance.
26-7
26
Engine and generator controllers
Automatic mains failure
(AMF) gen-set controllers
Order code
Description
RGK 600
12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, W/Pick-up speed
input
0.540
RGK 601
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port
1
0.540
RGK 700
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
with RS232 port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port,
IP65
1
0.880
RGK 800
12/24VDC, graphic LCD
with RS485 port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi
point programming port
on front, CANbus port,
IP65.
Expandible with EXP...
modules
1
0.880
RGK 600 - RGK 601
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
RGK 700 - RGK 800
General characteristics for
RGK 600 - RGK 601 - RGK 700 - RGK 800
– VAC inputs: Mains and generator L1-L2-L3-N
– Voltage control for one, two and three phase systems
with or without neutral
– Rated measurement voltage:
• 480VAC for RGK 600 and RGK 601
• 600VAC for RGK 700 and RGK 800
– Rated measurement voltage range:
• 50-576VAC for RGK 600 and RGK 601
• 30-720VAC for RGK 700 and RGK 800
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio
– Current measurement range (3 PH): 0.050-6A or
0.050-1.2A
– Graphic LCD: 128x80 pixels with backlight
– 1 USB/optical and Wi-Fi port on front for programming
– Engine running detection: “D+”, generator voltage and
frequency
– 2 engine speed inputs: “W” or Magnetic “Pick-up”
(RGK 601 excluded)
– 1 CANbus-J1939 port (RGK 600 excluded)
– 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
temperture and fuel level control
– 1 built-in alarm remoting port
– Non-volatile memory for event storage
– Alarm, event and parameter text in 5 languages
– Alarm text customisable (8 alarms)
– Event log
– Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII communication
protocols
– Customisation manager software available; compatible
with
software.
Programmable functions and properties
Characteristic
RGK 600 RGK 601 RGK 700 RGK 800
Inputs
5
Relay outputs
Protected static
outputs
Order code
5
7
9
–
–
3
3
6
6
4
7
Description
ACCESSORY FOR RGK 600 AND RGK 601
RGK X00
IP65 gasket seal for internal display frame
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 800
Inputs and outputs.
EXP 10...
EXP10 00
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXP10 04
2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 05
2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or
0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 08
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communications interface.
AMF (AUTOMATIC MAINS FAILURE)
APPLICATION
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXP10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXP10 15
GPRS/GSM modem
AMF PANEL
LOAD
26-8
Accessories and software
pages 26-11 and 12
For RGK 800 only
– Neutral current measurement range:
0.050-6A or 0.050-1.2A
– 400Hz frequency support
– 1 programmable analog input
– Modbus-TCP communication protocol
– Current leakage control towards earth/ground
– Clock-calendar (RTC).
MAIN FUNCTIONS FOR RGK 600-RGK 601-RGK 700RGK 800
– Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings
– “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
– Generator controls: Phase sequence, maximum and
minimum voltage and frequency, voltage asymmetry
– Programmable maintenance.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices Generator controllers.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
supervision software
See Section 27.
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 2.
G
26
For RGK 700 – RGK 800 only
– PLC logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
– 1 communication port: RS232 for RGK700; RS485 for
RGK 800
– Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for
use with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure
installation.
Expansion modules
page 28-2
Dimensions
page 26-13
Engine and generator controllers
Paralleling controllers for
mains-generator and
generator-generator
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Stand-alone controller.
RGK 900SA
Paralleling control among 1
generating sets.
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
RS485 port and USB/optical
and Wi-Fi point programming
port on front. Expandable
with EXP... modules
1.040
AMF (Automatic Mains Failure) controller.
RGK 900
RGK 900SA - RGK 900
Mains-generator paralleling 1
control.
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
with RS485 port, USB/optical
and Wi-Fi point programming
port on front. Expandable
with EXP... modules
1.040
Mains-ATS (Automatic Transfer Switching) controller.
RGK 900 MC
Order code
Control of mains, automatic 1
transfer switching (ATS),
and paralleling on multiple
generators controlled by
RGK 900SA.
12/24VDC, graphic LCD,
with RS485 port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi point
programming port.
Expandable with EXP...
modules
0.940
Description
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 900...
Inputs and outputs.
EXP 10...
EXP10 00
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXP10 04
2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 05
2 opto-isolated static outputs 0/4-20mA or
0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 08
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communications interface.
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 2.
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXP10 13
Ethernet interface with web server function
EXP10 15
GPRS/GSM modem
MAINS-GENERATOR PARALLELING
G
PANEL WITH
PARALLEL SOURCES
ISLAND MODE
General characteristics
– VAC inputs: Mains L1-L2-L3-N for RGK 900 only
– VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3-N
– Voltage measurement rated value: 600VAC (UL/CSA)
– Voltage measurement range: 30-720VAC
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz or 360-440Hz
– Programmable VT ratio
– Current measurement input (3 PH+N): 0.05-6A or
0.05-1.2A
– Fourth CT for neutral measurement or earth/ground
leakage detection
– Graphic LCD, 128x112 pixels with backlight
– 13 digital inputs
– 3 relay outputs rated 8A 250VAC
– 6 static outputs rated 2A, protected
– 1 static output 50mA
– Engine running detection: “D+” generator voltage and
frequency
– 1 engine speed input: “W” or “Magnetic Pick-up”
– 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
temperature and fuel level control
– 1 programmable analog input
– 2 analog outputs for engine speed control (governor) /
voltage regulator (AVR)
– Alarm-event-parameter text in 5 languages (Web upload)
– Alarm text customisable (16 alarms)
– Event log
– Modbus-RTU, Modbus-ASCII and Modbus-TCP
communication protocols
– Boolean logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
– Customisation manager software available; compatible
with
software
– Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for use
with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure installation
– Built-in buzzer
– Multi-level passwords
– Sleep function (power saving mode)
– Synchronising and load sharing.
MAIN FUNCTIONS
– Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings
– “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
– Mains (for RGK 900 only) / Generator controls: Phase
sequence, phase loss, max and min voltage and
frequency, voltage asymmetry
– Programmable maintenance at various intervals
– Current leakage control towards earth/ground
– Mains-generator synchronising (ATS closed transition)
– Mains in base-load with generator in peak shaving
– Paralleling supervision of generators (island mode)
– Generating set start scheduling.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: UL Listed for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices, Generator
controllers.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
ATS AND PARALLELING OF MAINS WITH MULTIPLE GENSETS
G
G
G
G
G
G
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
LOAD
LOAD
RGK 900 is designed for mains-generator synchronising
applications, such as:
a) Single generator in maintained parallel with the mains in
“base-load” mode (generator power supplied at a steady
rate)
b) Single generator in maintained parallel with the mains, in
peak-shaving mode (import-export – mains power is
limited to constant value and load peaks during heavy
demand for power are supplied by generator)
c) Single generator in AMF with temporary parallel with the
mains (for emergency, with AMF in closed transition).
Accessories and software
pages 26-11 and 12
Expansion modules
page 28-2
RGK 900SA is designed for applications with load sharing on
an isolated bus, without mains:
a) Parallel among generators working together in island
mode on power bus with load shared among them
b) Generators connected together to maintain the power
reserve (total power available minus load power) within a
preset range, switching on and off generators according to
a priority level.
Dimensions
page 26-13
LOAD
Combination of RGK 900SA and RGK 900MC units is designed for load govern
controls with multiple generators in parallel on power bus and mains.
In these circumstances, the RGK 900MC unit controls, in base-load or peakshaving mode, the mains and power bus composed by multiple generators, each
controlled by an RGK 900SA.
26-9
26
Engine and generator controllers
Remote access devices
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
RGK 800 RD SA
Remote display panel for 1
n°
[kg]
0.820
RGK 800SA, 12/24VDC,
IP65 protection degree
Remote display panel for 1
RGK 800 RD
0.820
RGK 800, 12/24VDC,
IP65 protection degree
RGK 900 RD SA
Remote display panel for 1
0.980
RGK 900SA, 12/24VDC,
IP65 protection degree
RGK 800 RD
RGK 900 RD
Remote display panel for 1
0.980
RGK 900, 12/24VDC,
IP65 protection degree
RGK RA
Remote annunciator,
1
graphic LCD, touch screen
128x112 pixels, IP54 protection
0.360
RGK RA
Alarm-status relay unit
Order code
Description
RGK RR
Remote unit for alarms/status,
12/24VDC, 12 relay outputs,
pulse input, CANbus
communication port
RGK RR
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.420
Remote display panel characteristics
For remote controller supervision and viewing, the user
operates the remote display panel as if directly in front of
the generating set.
– 12/24VDC battery power supply
– Graphic LCD with backlight:
• 128x80 pixels for RGK 800...
• 128x112 pixels for RGK 900...
– 13 function and setting keys
– 10 Indication LEDs for operating modes and status
– Built-in buzzer
– 4 digital inputs
– 2 digital outputs
– Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm² (24-12 AWG;
18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
– Tightening torque: 0.56Nm (4.5lbin)
– Front degree of protection: IEC IP65; UL/CSA Type 4X
outdoor enclosure installation
– Serial interface ports: opto-isolated RS485 (RGK…RD);
CANbus-J1979 (RGK…SA).
Remote annunciator characteristics
Alarm conditions can be viewed on the remote display
and alarm silencing can also be activated.
– Dual 100-240VAC / 12-24VDC power supply
– Touch screen 120x112 pixel backlight graphic LCD
– Built-in buzzer
– Static (SSR) output for global alarm signalling
– Opto-isolated RS485 interface port
– Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm² (24-12 AWG;
18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
– Tightening torque: 0.56Nm (4.5lbin)
– Front degree of protection: IEC IP54; UL Type 1.
Alarm-status relay unit characteristics
External relay expansion unit for alarm and status
remoting.
Fixing on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715).
Communication with RGK... controllers by CANbus or
pulse inputs:
– 12 relay outputs of which 5 with changeover (SPDT)
contact rated 5A 250VAC / B300 and 7 N/O (SPST)
contact rated 2.5A 250VAC / C300
– 12/24VDC power supply
– Up to 2 RGK RR units can be connected in cascade for
a total of 24 relays
– Maximum installation distance from the RGK 6... and
RGK 700... RGK 900 controllers:
• CANbus: 30m/33yd (high speed)
• Inputs/Outputs: 1,000m/1,094yd (low speed)
– Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
– Tightening torque: 0.56 Nm/4.5lbin.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus – File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices,
Generator controllers remote and relay units for all
except pending for RGK900… types.
Comply with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
For wiring schemes and technical characteristics, refer to
technical instructions in Downloads of local or global
website or consult Customer Service; see contact details
on inside front cover.
26
26-10
Dimensions
page 26-13
Engine and generator controllers
Communication devices for
RGK 600... - RGK 700...
RGK 800... - RGK 900...
Order code
Description
CX 01
USB/optical dongle with
1
PCcontroller connecting cable
for programming, data download,
diagonistics and firmware upgrade
0.090
CX 02
Wi-Fi dongle for PC controller 1
programming, data download,
diagnotics and firmware upgrade,
project upload/download and
controller cloning
0.090
CX 03
GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for
EXP10 15 expansion module for
RGK 800... - RGK 900...
0.090
CX 01
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
CX 02
General characteristics
Communication and connection devices for generating
set controllers RGK 600-RGK 700-RGK 800-RGK 900...
for personal computers, smartphones, tablets, modems,
bus drives.
CX 01
The USB/optical connector, complete with cable, allows
to connect RGK 600-RGK 700-RGK 800-RGK 900...
controllers to a PC without having to disconnect the
power supply from the electric panel and to carry out
parameter programming, data and event download,
diagnostics and firmware upgrade.
The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 02
By Wi-Fi connection, RGK 600..., RGK 700..., RGK 800...
and RGK 900... controllers can be viewed by PC,
smartphone and tablet with no need for cabling and to
carry out parameter programming, data and event
download, diagnostics project upload/download and
controller cloning.
CX 03
Compatible with the major part of worldwide mobile
networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
IP67 IEC protection degree. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.
CX 03
For wiring schemes and technical characteristics, refer to
technical instructions in Downloads of local or global
website or consult Customer Service; see contact details
on inside front cover.
Accessories
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Connecting cables.
51 C4
51 C2
For PC controller,
1.8m/2yd long
1
0.090
51 C3
For PC GSM modem
1.8/2yd long
1
0.210
51 C4
For PC RS232/RS485,
converter drive, 1.8m/2yd long
1
0.147
51 C11
For PC TTL/RS232
communication port
2.8m/3yd long
1
0.090
1
0.600
1
0.100
RS232/485 converter drive.
4 PX1
Opto-isolated, 220-240VAC
power supply (110-120VAC on
request) General characteristics
CONNECTING CABLES 51 C…
They are used to link the RGK… controllers to personal
computers, modems, bus converters.
RS232/RS485 CONVERTER DRIVE
It can interface “slave” devices connected in an RS485
bus with a “master” equipped with RS232 interface port.
When configured appropriately, it can also be used as
RS485 repeater whenever the devices connected to the
bus are many or the maximum distance among the bus
devices is longer than the allowed.
GASKET SEAL
To increase the protection degree of RGK600/610 types
to IEC IP65, the gasket needs to be installed in the fixing
slot on the inside surface of the display frame.
For RGK 600…. and RGK 601… controllers.
RGK X00
IP65 gasket seal for internal
dislpay frame
RS232/RS485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate
maximum, automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision,
220-240VAC ±10% (110-120VAC supply on request).
26
26-11
Engine and generator controllers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Software
Order code
Description
RGK SW10
Customisation manager software
complete with 51 C2 connecting
cable
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.246
Customisation manager software
Once installed on a personal computer, besides setting up all
functional parameters of the controllers, this RGK SW10
software allows to handle many types of data such as texts,
analog sensor response definition (for fuel, pressure,
temperature), current overload protection, logo or trademark
display at power up and setup exit, custom information
pages.
The user can enable and disable alarms along with defining
the controller feedback for alarm conditions and saving
projects with the described types of files in single blocks
despite the fact that different projects can share certain files.
For instance, two projects can have the same text file but
distinct sensor response files.
RGK SW10
APP
The
software provides for the remote control and
supervision of the RGK… controllers.
See details given in Section 27.
Its structure and applications are based on MS SQL
relational database management system . Consulting is
made through popular programs for Internet browsing
available across different platforms and operating systems.
It is a highly versatile system, simultaneously accessible to a
large number of users/workstations via intranets, VPN or
Internet.
APP for smartphone and tablet
(Setup And Maintenance 1) application allows the
user to program the controller, view alarm conditions, send
commands, read measurements, download statistical data
and events and send retrieved data by email. The connection
is made by Wi-Fi with a smartphone or tablet using the CX02
dongle.
It is iOS and Android compatible. For more details, see
Section 27 or consult Customer Service; see contact details
on inside front cover.
26
26-12
Engine and generator controllers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS
RGK 20
14
(0.55")
96 (3.78")
92 (3.62")
81 (3.19")
44 (1.73")
68 (2.68")
STAND-ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLER RGK 40
9
(0.35")
16
(0.63")
96 (3.78")
45 (1.77")
27
(1.06")
72 (2.83")
10
(0.39")
Cutout
68 (2.68")
48 (1.89")
72 (2.83")
RGK 30
Cutout
9
(0.35")
73.5 (2.89")
Cutout
62 (2.44")
92 (3.62")
6
(0.24")
92 (3.62")
90 (3.54")
96 (3.78")
27
(1.06")
GEN-SET CONTROLLERS RGK 600... - RGK 601...
43.3 (1.70”)
Cutout
10
(0.39”)
138 (5.43”)
138 (5.43”)
144 (5.67”)
144 (5.67”)
35
(1.38”)
GEN-SET CONTROLLERS RGK 700... - RGK 800... - RGK 900... - REMOTE DISPLAYS PANELS RGK 800RD - RGK 800RDSA - RGK 900RD - RGK 900RDSA
Cutout
220 (8.66")
240 (9.45")
180 (7.09")
157 (6.18")
160 (6.30")
33
(1.30")
RGK 700, RGK 800RD..., RGK 900RD... excluded.
56 (2.20")
59 (2.32")
ALARM-STATUS RELAY UNIT RGK RR
19.8
(0.78")
54.2 (2.13")
4
3
5
6
8
7
D8
OUT 3
OUT 4
9 10 11 12 13 14
OUT 4
D9
D20
D29
D28
OUT 7
OUT 8
OUT 9
D10
OUT 5
OUT 6
15 16 17 18
OUT 5
CAN
OUT 7
OUT 6
D18
D27
96 (3.78")
D7
OUT 2
OUT 3
ON
D2
D19
D21
D30
D22
OUT 10
OUT 11
OUT 12
COM
26
REMOTE RELAYS UNIT
OUT 8
OUT 9
OUT 10
OUT 11
OUT 12
PULSE IN
INP
99.6 (3.92")
92 (3.62")
96 (3.78")
90.8 (3.57")
OUT 1
OUT 2
107 (4.21")
2
TR
1
OUT 1
SG
92 (3.62")
L
96 (3.78")
19
(0.75")
H
Cutout
24
(0.94")
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 29 30 31 32
116 (4.57")
+COM
REMOTE DISPLAY RGK RA
12
(0.47")
SUPPLY
__
+
33 34 35 36
46.5 (1.83")
26-13
Page 19-2
Page 19-5
ELECTRODES
• Single pole
• Three pole.
LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS
• For conductive liquids
• Single, dual or multivoltage
• Emptying or filling functions
• Multifunction
• Automatic resetting
• Modular and plug-in versions.
Description
START-UP PRIORITY CHANGE RELAY
• 2 outputs
• Single or multivoltage
• Modular and plug-in versions.
LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS
LVM20
Modular version
(2U)
LVM25
(1U)
LVM30
(3U)
LVM40
5 detecting electrodes
(MIN1, MAX1, MIN2, MAX2 and COM)
Sensitivity adjustment 2.5...50kΩ
(1U)
(8 pin)
(11 pin)
LVMP10
CSP2E
(3U)
(11 pin)
Adjustable sensitivity full-scale value
25-50-100-200 kΩ
Separate sensitivity adjustment
of MAX probe (foam detection)
Emptying function with Extra-MIN
and/or Extra-MAX alarm relays
Filling function with Extra-MIN and
Extra-MAX alarm relays
Emptying function with pump
start change control
Filling function with pump start
change control
Tank filling, well drawing functions
and alarm
5 function adjustment
selector
Motor start-up priority change
Motor start-up priority change with
stand-by motor function
Page
LVMP05
Fixed sensitivity: 7...8kΩ
Filling-emptying adjustment
selector
LV2E
Sensitivity adjustment 2.5...200kΩ
Filling function and alarms
LV1E
Sensitivity adjustment 2.5...100kΩ
Emptying function and alarms
PRIORITY CHANGE RELAYS
FOR 2 MOTORS
(3U)
Plug-in version
3 detecting electrodes
(MIN, MAX and COM)
Page 19-6
19-2
19-3
19-4
19-6
19
LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS
Level monitoring for electrically
conductive liquids
Modular and plug-in versions
Adjustable 2.5-200kΩ sensitivity
Single and three-pole electrodes
Startup priority change relays.
Level monitoring relays
Modular version for conductive liquids ..............................................................................................................................
Modular starter kit ............................................................................................................................................................
Plug-in level control relays for conductive liquids ..............................................................................................................
Electrodes and electrode holder. Rod probes ......................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
19
19
19
19
-
2
4
4
5
Start-up priority change relays
Modular version .................................................................................................................................................................
Plug-in version ..................................................................................................................................................................
19 - 6
19 - 6
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 19 - 7
A UTOMATION
AND
C ONTROL
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 19 - 8
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 19 - 9
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 19 - 12
Level control relays
Modular version
Single-voltage relay
Order code
Supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V] 50/60Hz
Qty
per
pkg
Weight
n°
[kg]
Automatic resetting.
LVM20 A024
24VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.215
LVM20 A127
110-127VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.215
LVM20 A240
220-240VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.215
LVM20 A415
380-415VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.215
Operational characteristics
– Use with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
– 2.5-50kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
output relay circuit
– Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 2 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
control relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
LVM20...
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
Multi-voltage relay
Order code
Supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V]
Qty
per
pkg
Weight
n°
[kg]
Emptying or filling function.
Automatic resetting.
LVM25 240
24-240VAC/DC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.095
LVM25 240
Operational characteristics
– Use with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
– 2.5-100kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Insensivity to stray electrode-cable capacitance
– Programming selector for emptying or filling function
with fail-safe operation
– Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
output relay circuit
– Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 1 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
control relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
Dual-voltage relay
Order code
19
Supply
voltage
[V] 50/60Hz
Type of
output
contacts
Qty
per
pkg
Weight
n°
[kg]
Emptying or filling function.
Automatic resetting.
LVM30 A240
24/220-240VAC 2 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.315
LVM30 A415
110-127VAC
380-415VAC
0.315
2 C/O (SPDT) 1
LVM30...
Operational characteristics
– Use with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
– 2.5-50kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Programming selector for emptying or filling function
with fail-safe operation
– Double insulation between each supply, electrode and
output relay circuit
– Adjustable probe signal delay: 1-10s
– Adjustable pump start delay: 0-300s
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
control relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
19-2
Dimensions
page 19-8
Wiring diagrams
page 19-9
Technical characteristics
page 19-12
Level control relays
Modular version
Single-voltage
multifunction relay
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V] 50/60Hz Qty Weight
per
pkg
n°
[kg]
Multifunctions.
Automatic resetting.
LVM40 A024
24VAC
1 C/O +1 N/O 1
0.278
LVM40 A127
110-127VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1
0.278
LVM40 A240
220-240VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1
0.278
LVM40 A415
380-415VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1
0.278
Two relay outputs; one with c/o (SPDT) and the other with N/O (SPST).
LVM40...
FUNCTIONS
A- Emptying with MIN and/or
MAX alarms.
B- Filling with MIN
and/or MAX alarms.
Tank
Alarm
Start
Stop
Alarm
MAX 2
MAX 1
MIN 1
MIN 2
COM
C- Emptying with pump priority
change.
D- Filling with pump priority
change.
Tank
MAX 2
MAX 1
MIN 2
MIN 1
COM
E- Tank filling and well drawing
with alarm.
Tank
MAX 1
MIN 1
COM
Tank
MAX 2
EXAMPLE OF EMPTYNG OPERATION
To achieve this type of operation, two electrodes are used
to control the liquid between the fixed limits using MIN1
and MAX1 and two alarm levels using MIN2 and MAX2.
When one of the alarm electrodes is wet, the alarm relay is
de-energised.
The alarm can be caused by pump malfunction,
insufficient pump delivery capacity, MAX control level
failure or MIN level electrode shorted.
With a proper connection, only the MIN alarm or MAX
alarm can be activated or neither of the two can be
activated so the relative output contacts can be used for
pump control.
Operational characteristics
– Use with 5 sensing electrodes, MIN1, MAX1, MIN2,
MAX2 and COM
– 2.5-200kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Sensitivity adjustment: 25-50-100-200kOhm
– Separate sensitivity adjustment of MAX electrodes for
foam detection
– Insensitivity to stray electrode-cable capacitance
– Programming selector for 5 different functions:
• Standard emptying and alarms
• Standard filling and alarms
• Emptying and filling with priority start-up change
control
• Filling with priority start-up change pump
• Well draining and tank filling and alarms
– Double insulation between each supply, electrodes and
output relay circuits
– Adjustable probe signal delay: 1-10s
– Adjustable pump start delay: 0-30min
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicators for output relay and electrode state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
control relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
EXAMPLE OF EMPTYNG OPERATION
This operation is obtained by using four electrodes
positioned at four different levels and two relay outputs to
control two pumps.
For example, one can place the four electrodes, MIN1,
MIN2, MAX1 and MAX2, in increasing order from the
lowest to the highest levels and must control the tank
emptying. Usually. The level is controlled between the
MIN1 and MAX1 levels by starting one of the two pumps
but this case is different so the pumps can be mainteined
at the best efficiency and optimise thei wear.
When the liquid wets the MAX2 level and because the first
pump is faulty or else a higher delivery capacity is needed,
the second stand-by pump is activiated to back up the first
pump. When the liquid lowers and no longer wets the
MIN2 level, the second pump is stopped and then when
the MIN1 level is no longer wet, the first pump is stopped
too.
19
EXAMPLE OF OPERATION
Two electrodes are used in this operation to control the
tank level and another two for the well. One relay is
used to activate the pump while the other for dry
running / no water alarm.
When the well liquid wets the MAX2 level and the
liquid wets the MIN1 tank level, the tank-filling pump
is activated. When the tank MAX1 level is wet, the
pump is stopped.
During the tank filling, the pump could stop before the
MAX1 level is wet because the well MIN2 level is no
longer wet.
Should the tank MIN1 level no longer be wet at which
the pump should restart but the well MIN2 level is also
no longer wet, then the alarm relay is de-energised.
MIN 2
COM
Dimensions
page 19-8
Wiring diagrams
page 19-10
Technical characteristics
page 19-12
19-3
Level control relays
Modular starter kit.
Plug-in version
Starter kit
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[mm]
n°
[kg]
LVMKIT25
Level control starter kit
1
complete with LVM25 240
relay and two SN1
electrodes
0.192
General characteristics
LVM25 240
– Use with 2 sensing electrodes, MIN and COM
– 2.5-50kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
output relay circuit
– Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 2 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
SN1 SINGLE POLE ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode used for level control in wells or
storage tanks. It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel
probe, a plastic (PPOX) holder and a cable gland.
A seal ring and the tightening of the cable gland prevent
water from entering the cable terminal connector and
causing its oxidation.
The external cable diameter must be 2.5 to 6mm/Ø0.1 to
0.24” to warrant perfect sealing of the PG7 gland.
Maximum cable section: 2.5mm2/14AWG.
Maximum operating temperature: +60°C.
Application: tanks and deep wells.
Certifications and compliance
Level control relay only:
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
control relays.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Plug-in
single-voltage relay
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contact
[V] 50/60Hz
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Automatic reset.
31 LV1E 24
24VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.263
31 LV1E 110
110-120VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.263
31 LV1E 230
220-240VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.263
31 LV1E 400
380-415VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.263
Operational characteristics
– Used with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
– 7-8kOhm fixed sensitivity
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Maximum relay-electrode cable length: 500m/547yd
using single-core double insulated cables
– 8-pin plug-in housing
– Mounting on 35mm (IEC/EN 60715) DIN rail using
31 S8 socket; see page 19-7
– Flush mounting with mount frame 31 G216 and loose
31 L48 P8 socket; see page 19-7
– IEC degree of protection: IP30.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.
31 LV1E...
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
19
Plug-in
dual-voltage relay
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contact
[V] 50/60Hz
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Automatic reset.
31 LV2E 48
24-48VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.266
31 LV2E 220
110-120VAC/
220-240VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.266
31 LV2E 400
220-240/
380-415VAC
1 C/O (SPDT) 1
0.266
Operational characteristics
– Used with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
– 7-8kOhm fixed sensitivity
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Maximum relay-electrode cable length: 500m/547yd
using single-core double insulated cables
– 11-pin plug-in housing
– Mounting on 35mm (IEC/EN 60715) DIN rail using
31 S11 socket; see page 19-7
– Flush mounting using mount frame 31 G216 and
loose 31 L48 P11 socket; see page 19-7
– IEC degree of protection: IP30.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.
31 LV2E...
Electrodes and electrode holders
Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-7.
19-4
Accessories
page 19-7
Dimensions
page 19-8
Wiring diagrams
pages 19-9 and 11
Technical characteristics
page 19-13
Level control relays
Level electrodes and electrode holders for conductive liquids.
Rod probes
Electrodes and
electrode holder
Order code
Rod
Rod
probe
probe
included length
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[mm/in]
n°
[kg]
Single pole electrodes.
11 SN1
11 SN1
Yes
100/3.9
10
0.050
31 SCM 04
Yes
43/1.7
1
0.060
31 SCM 50
Yes
500/19.7
1
0.115
31 SCM 100
Yes
1000/39.4 1
0.162
31 CGL125 3
Yes
327/12.9
1
0.126
31 CGL125 5
Yes
500/19.7
1
0.158
31 CGL125 7
Yes
700/27.6
1
0.208
31 CGL125 10
Yes
1000/39.4 1
0.281
Yes
300/11.8
1
0.120
1
0.184
Three pole electrode.
31 PS31
Electrode holder (for 3 rod probes).
31 PS3S
31 SCM...
No
––
Total electrode length.
General characteristics
SN1 SINGLE POLE ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode used for level control in wells or
storage tanks. It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel
probe, a plastic (PPOX) holder and a cable gland.
A seal ring and the tightening of the cable gland PG7 prevent
water from entering the cable terminal connector and
causing its oxidation.
Cable connection: screw.
The external cable diameter must be 2.5 to 6mm/Ø0.1 to
0.24” to warrant perfect sealing.
Maximum connection cable section: 2.5mm2/14 AWG.
Maximum operating temperature: +60°C.
Application: Tanks and deep wells.
SCM ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode used for level control on boilers,
autoclaves and in general where pressure (10 bar
maximum) and high temperature (+100°C maximum) are
present.
It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel probe embedded in
an alumina oxide body and a 3/8” GAS threaded metal
support holder.
Cable connection: Threaded rod with nut.
Application: Tanks, pressurised tanks and boilers.
CGL 125… ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode with AISI 302 probe, used for level
control on boilers and autoclaves and in general wherever
pressure is up to 10 bar maximum.
Maximum operating temperature: +180°C.
3/8” GAS threaded terminal.
Cable connection threaded rod with nut.
Application: Tanks, pressurised tanks and boilers.
PS31 ELECTRODE
A small electrode holder, complete with three AISI 304
stainless steel probes.
Particularly suited to small containers whenever pressure is
maximum up to 2 bar.
Maximum operating temperature: +70°C.
1/2" GAS threaded coupling
Faston termination; relative lugs standard supplied
Application: Tanks and automatic dispensers.
31 CGL125...
PS3S ELECTRODE HOLDER
A thermoset resin electrode holder to be used with three
probes (rods probes to be ordered separately) and complete
with terminal cover.
Maximum operating temperature is +100°C.
2” GAS threaded coupling.
Cable connection: screw.
Application: tanks.
31 PS31
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.
31 PS3S
19
Rod probes
Order code
Rod probe length
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
[mm/in]
n°
[kg]
31 ASTA 46O MM4 460/18.11
1
0.053
31 ASTA 96O MM4 960/37.8
1
0.103
31 ASTA 46O MM6 460/18.11
1
0.100
31 ASTA 96O MM6 960/37.8
1
0.210
General characteristics
Stainless steel AISI 304 probes with 4M or 6M threaded
extremity suitable as extensions for SCM electrode or as rod
probe for PS3S a holder.
See page 19-7 for SCM electrode extension coupler unit.
For SCM electrodes.
For PS3S electrode holder.
Accessories
page 19-7
Dimensions
page 19-8
19-5
Level control relays
Start-up priority change relays
Modular version
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V]
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.090
2 outputs. AC/DC supply voltage.
LVMP05
24/48VDC
24-240VAC
2 N/O (SPST)
General characteristics
The relays are designed to balance the operating time, and
hence the wear of pumps, compressors, generators, when
two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
Operational characteristics
– Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Ue
– Connection: permanent
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicators for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 1 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices Automatic starting control.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
LVMP05
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V] 50/60Hz
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
2 outputs. AC supply voltage.
LVMP10 A024 24VAC
2 N/O (SPST)
1
0.250
LVMP10 A127 110-127VAC
2 N/O (SPST)
1
0.250
LVMP10 A240 220-240VAC
2 N/O (SPST)
1
0.250
LVMP10 A415 380-415VAC
2 N/O (SPST)
1
0.250
General characteristics
The relays are designed to balance the operating time, and
hence the wear of pumps, compressors, generators, when
two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
Operational characteristics
– Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Ue
– Connection: permanent
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicators for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
LVMP10...
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices Automatic starting control.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Plug-in version
Order code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
Type of
output
contacts
[V] 50/60Hz
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
2 outputs. AC supply voltage.
31 CSP2E 24
19
24VAC
2 N/O (SPST) 1
0.150
31 CSP2E 110 110VAC
2 N/O (SPST) 1
0.150
31 CSP2E 220 220VAC
2 N/O (SPST) 1
0.150
31 CSP2E 230 230/240VAC
2 N/O (SPST) 1
0.150
31 CSP2E...
19-6
General characteristics
The relays are designed to balance the operating time, and
hence the wear of pumps, compressors, generators, when
two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
Operational characteristics
– Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Us
– Connection: permanent
– Voltage applied across input contacts: 15VDC not isolated
with respect to supply.
– Current consumption, input contacts: about 1mA.
– Plug-in housing for use with 31 S11 socket; suitable
for screw fixing or fixing on 35mm DIN rail.
– IEC degree of protection: IP30.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.
Accessories
page 19-7
Dimensions
page 19-8
Wiring diagrams
page 19-11
Technical characteristics
page 19-13
Level control relays
Accessories
Accessories
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
31 RE213
Coupler unit for
extension rod probe
ASTA...MM4
n°
[kg]
1
0.008
31 S8
8-pin socket for screw
fixing or mounting on
35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715), used
with LV1E... relay.
Screw terminals.
10
0.061
31 S11
11-pin socket for screw 10
fixing or mounting
on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715), used
with LV2E... and
CSP2E... relays.
Screw terminals.
0.064
31 RE014
Relay-socket retention
bracket; S8 or S11
types only.
10
0.001
31 L48 P8
8-pin loose socket.
Screw terminals.
10
0.040
31 L48 P11
11-pin loose socket.
Screw terminals.
10
0.048
31 G216
Flush-mount frame
complete with fixing
accessories for
plug-in relays.
1
0.080
31 S8
31 S11
Operational characteristics
SOCKETS
– Tightening torque: 0.8Nm/7.1lbin
– Conductor cross-section max (2 wires): 2.5 mm2/
14 AWG.
19
Dimensions
page 19-8
19-7
Level control relays
Dimensions [mm (in)]
38
(1.40”)
70
(2.75”)
27
(1.07”)
45
(1.77)
90
(3.54”)
104.7
(4.12”)
53.5
(2.11”)
LV1E... - LV2E... - CSP2E...
58
(2.28”)
43.7
(1.72”)
5
( (0.20”)
98.3
98.3
(3.87”)
(3.87”)
104.7
(4.12”)
98.3
(3.87”)
35.8
(1.41”)
45
(1.77)
90
(3.54”)
98.3
(3.87”)
LVM30... - LVM40... - LVMP10
58
(2.28”)
43.7
(1.72”)
5
(0.20”)
45
(1.77)
90
(3.54”)
58
(2.28”)
43.7
(1.72”)
104.7
(4.12”)
5
(0.20”)
17.5
(0.69”)
76
(2.99”)
LEVEL CONTROL AND PRIORITY CHANGE RELAYS
LVM20...
LVM25... - LVMP05
14 (0.55”)
59.9 (2.36”)
(LVM25... only)
Electrodes and electrode holders for conductive liquids
SN1
SCM...
19.5
(0.77”)
CGL125...
97
(3.82”)
59.9 (2.36”)
(LVM30... and LVM40... only)
PS31
PS3S
M3.5
48
(1.89”)
47
(1.85”)
25 (0.98”)
22 (0.87”)
TYPE
SCM04
SCM50
SCM100
L
43 (1.69”)
500 (19.68”)
1000 (39.37”)
L
M4
7 (0.27”)
35
(1.38”)
3/8" GAS
1/2" GAS
3/8" GAS
TYPE
CGL125 3
CGL125 5
CGL125 7
CGL125 10
28
(1.10”)
78
(3.07”)
20
(0.79”)
L
327 (12.87”)
500 (19.68”)
700 (27.56”)
1000 (39.37”)
2" GAS
18 (0.71”)
21 (0.83”)
23
(0.90”)
L
100
(3.94”)
40
(1.57”)
7 (0.27”)
53
(2.09”)
8
(0.31”)
Ø4.2
(0.16”)
300
(11.81”)
Ø4.2
(0.16”)
59.9
(2.36”)
Ø4.2
(0.16”)
4 (0.16”)
6 (0.24”)
Rod probes
ASTA 460 MM4
ASTA 960 MM4
M6
Ø4
(0.16”)
7 (0.27”)
M4
Ø6
(0.24”)
20
(0.79”)
460 (18.11”) 960 (37.79”)
M4
M4
7 (0.27”)
M6
L48 P8
27
(1.06”)
L48 P11
20.5
(0.81”)
RE014
47
(1.85”)
20.5
(0.81”)
16
(0.63”)
60
(2.36”)
65
(2.56”)
33
(1.30”)
43.5
(1.71”)
33
(1.30”)
38
(1.50”)
19
G216
39
(1.53”)
72
(2.83”)
76
(2.99”)
86
(3.38”)
21
(0.83”)
96
(3.78”)
48
(1.89”)
40.5
(1.59”)
Cutout
Ø4
(0.16”)
19-8
78
(3.07”)
Accessories
S8 - S11
47
(1.85”)
M4
43.5
(1.71”)
460 (18.11”) 960 (37.79”)
Coupler unit
RE213
ASTA 460 MM6
ASTA 960 MM6
Level control relays
Wiring diagrams
Emptying function
LVM20
A1 A2
Emptying function with 2 electrodes
COM
MIN
MAX
COM
MAX
MIN
Emptying function with 3 electrodes
LVM20
12 14 11
COM MAX MIN
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
LVM20
LVM20
0VAC
-MAX
A2
A1
ON
-MIN
-COM
A2
A1
ON
RELAY
RELAY
14
14
11
11
12
12
Emptying or filling functions
LVM25
Emptying function (DOWN)
Connection with 3 electrodes
Connection with 2 electrodes
COM
MIN
MAX
PROBE SIGNAL OR
STARTING DELAY ❶
A1 A2
PROBE SIGNAL OR STARTING DELAY ❶
PROBE SIGNAL
DELAY ❶
COM
MAX
MIN
LVM25
PROBE SIGNAL
DELAY ❶
12 14 11
COM MAX MIN
24-240VAC/DC
-MAX
-MIN
-COM
LVM30
SUPPLY
ON
SUPPLY
ON
RELAY
RELAY
LVM30
24
24
❷
21
21
22
22
RELAY
RELAY
14
14
11
11
12
12
COM MAX MIN
12 14 11 22 24 21
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
Filling function (UP)
Connection with 3 electrodes
24VAC
110-127VAC
-MAX
-MIN
Connection with 2 electrodes
PROBE SIGNAL OR STARTING DELAY ❶
PROBE SIGNAL DELAY ❶
-COM
COM
MIN
MAX
0VAC
PROBE SIGNAL OR
STARTING DELAY ❶
PROBE SIGNAL OR
STARTING DELAY ❶
COM
A1 A3 A2
Delay for LVM30 only.
Changeover contact (SPDT) for LVM30 only.
MAX
0VAC
PROBE SIGNAL
DELAY ❶
19
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
ON
ON
RELAY
❷
RELAY
24
24
21
21
22
22
RELAY
RELAY
14
14
11
11
12
12
Delay for LVM30 only.
Changeover contact (SPDT) for LVM30 only.
19-9
Level control relays
Wiring diagrams
Emptying function + alarms
COM
MIN 2
MIN 1
MAX 1
MAX 2
Multiple functions
LVM40
LVM40
A1 A2
COM MIN2 MIN1 MAX1 MAX2
13 14
22 24 21
➊
➊
➋
➊
➋
➋
➋
➋
A2
A1
ON
14
13
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
-MAX2
-MAX1
-MIN1
-MIN2
-COM
24
21
22
Filling function + alarms
COM
MIN 2
MIN 1
MAX 1
MAX 2
0VAC
➋
➊
➋
➊
➋
➋
➋
A2
A1
ON
14
13
24
21
22
COM
MIN 1
MIN 2
MAX 1
MAX 2
Filling function + pump start change
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
➊
➋
➊
➊
A2
A1
ON
14
13
5 sec
24
21
22
COM
MIN 2
MIN 1
MAX 2
MAX 1
Filling function + pump start change
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
➊
➋
➊
A2
A1
ON
19
14
13
5 sec
24
21
22
COM
MIN 1
MAX 1
Filling tank and draining well function + alarm
COM
MIN 2
MAX 2
Tank
Well
A2
A1
ON
Probe signal and starting delay
Probe signal delay
14
13
24
21
22
19-10
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
Level control relays
Wiring diagrams
6
5
Emptying function with 2 electrodes
COM
MIN
MAX
COM
Emptying function with 3 electrodes
LV1E
MAX
Emptying function
LV1E
1 8 7 2 3 4
24VAC
110-120VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
-MAX
0VAC
-COM
LV1E
LV1E
5
6
5
6
-MIN
RELAY
RELAY
LV2E
LV2E
3
3
4
4
2
2
LV2E
LV2E
9-10
11
9-10
11
9 10 11
7 5 6 4 3
1
RELAY
RELAY
48VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
3
3
1
1
24VAC
110-120VAC
220-240VAC
-MAX
0VAC
-COM
4
4
-MIN
Start-up priority change monitoring
LVMP05
A1
A1
A2
13
Relay
1
Relay
2
ON
A2
14
24
14
13
24
13
LVMP10
2-wire connection
A1
14
24
A2
A1
ON
Relay 1
A2
C
S1 S2
C1
C
Relay 2
R1 R2
C1
C
S1
C2
C
S2
23
13
C2
C1 = Primary
C2 = Secondary / Standby
RELAY 1
13
14
RELAY 2
23
24
DELAY
3-wire connection
A1
24
14
Relay 1
A2
C S1 S2
C1
C R1 R2
C2
C3
ON
Relay 2
13
19
A2
A1
C1
C
S1
C3
C
R1
C2
C
S2
C4
C
R2
23
C4
C1 = Start Primary
C2 = Start Standby
C3 = Stop Primary
C4 = Stop Standby
RELAY 1
13
14
RELAY 2
23
24
DELAY
CSP2E
24VAC 110VAC
220VAC 230-240VAC
F1
2
11
1
CSP2E
10
4 6 8
Relay 1
5 7
3
C1 C2
FR1
C1 = PRIMARY
C2 = SECONDARY/STANDBY
Relay 2
9
K1
MOTOR 1
FR2
K2
MOTOR 2
19-11
Level control relays
Technical characteristics
TYPE
LVM20...
LVM25...
LVM30...
LVM40...
DESCRIPTION
Modular
Automatic resetting
Application (examples)
Single voltage
Multi voltage
Dual voltage
Single voltage
Empting function
Emptying or filling
functions
Emptying or filling
functions
Multiple functions
Operating principle
Electrical conductivity of liquids
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Supply voltage Us
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
24-240VAC/DC
Power consumption (maximum)
3.5VA
3VA
5.5VA
4.5VA
Power dissipation (maximum)
1.8W
1.2W
2.8W
2.8W
3
3
5
Operating voltage range
24/220-240VAC
110-127/380-415VAC
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
0.85-1.1 Ue 50/60Hz ±5%
OUTPUTS
Number of connectable electrodes
3
Type of electrode
Electrode voltage
Electrodes and electrode holders: SN1 / SCM / CGL / PS31 / PS3S or similar
7.5VAC
5VPP
7.5VAC
5VPP
2.5-50kohm
2.5-100kohm
2.5-50kohm
2.5-200kohm
Tripping time (minimum)
≤600ms
≤ 1s
1s
1s
Resetting time (minimum)
≤750ms
≤ 1s
1s
1s
Probe tripping delay
––
––
OFF-10s
1-10s
Relay energising delay
––
––
OFF-300s
0-30min
1
1
2
Sensitivity
TIME DELAYS
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of relays
1
Relay state
Contact arrangement
Normally de-energised, energises at tripping
1 changeover / SPDT
1 changeover / SPDT
2 changeover / SPDT each
Rated utilisation voltage
250VAC
Maximum switching voltage
400VAC
IEC conventional free air thermal
current Ith
8A
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1
designation
B300
Electrical life (with rated load)
105 cycles
30x106 cycles
Mechanical life
Indications
19
1 changeover / SPDT and
1 with 1 N/O - SPST
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
1 green LED for power on
2 red LEDs for relay state
2 red LEDs for probe state
CONNECTIONS
Tightening torque maximum
0.8Nm (7lbin; 7-9lbin er UL/CSA)
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG; 18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation
voltage Ui
415VAC
240VAC
415VAC
415VAC
IEC rated impulse wihstand
voltage Uimp
6kV
4kV
6kV
6kV
IEC power frequency withstand
voltage
4kV
2kV
4kV
4kV
≤250VAC
≤250VAC
≤250VAC
≤250VAC
Double insulation
Supply/relay/electrode
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
–20...+60°C
Storage temperature
–30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material
Typical configuration
(examples)
Maximum cable length
Double insulaton between supply, electrodes and output relay circuit.
Voltage applied to input contacts, not insulated at power supply.
Consult Customer Service; see contact details on inside front cover.
19-12
Self-extinguishing polyamide
LVM20 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes
LVM30 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes
LVM25 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes
LVM40 + n° 5 SN1 electrodes
Level control relays
Technical characteristics
LV1E...
LV2E...
LVMP 05
Automatic resetting
Automatic resetting
––
––
––
Single voltage
Dual voltage
Multivoltage
Multivoltage
Single voltage
Plug-in
LVMP 10
Modular
Plug-in
– Minimum-maximum level threshold
– Maintains level between minimum and maximum
– Protection against dry pump running
Priority change relay for motors
Electrical conductivity of liquids
––
24VAC
110-120VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
24-48VAC
110-120VAC/220-240VAC
220-240VAC/380-415VAC
24-48VDC
24-240VAC
CSP2E
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
24VAC
48VAC
110VAC
220VAC
0.8-1.1 Ue 50/60Hz
5.5VA
1.6VA
4.8VA
5VA
2.8W
0.9W
3W
3W
3
––
––
––
Electrodes and electrode holders: SN1 / SCM / CGL / PS31 / PS3S / or similar
––
––
––
9VAC (voltage between probes)
––
––
––
7 - 8kohm adjustable
––
––
––
≤50ms
––
––
––
≤100ms
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
2
2
2
1
Normally de-energised, energises at tripping
1 changeover contact / SPDT
1 N/O - SPST
1 N/O - SPST
1 N/O - SPST
220VAC
250VAC
250VAC
250VAC
380VAC
––
––
––
5A
8A
8A
5A
B300
B300
B300
B300
2,5x105 cycles
105 cycles
105 cycles
105 cycles
6
6
6
50x10 cycles
1 red LED for relay tripping
30x10 cycles
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
30x10 cycles
30x106 cycles
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state
––
0.8Nm (7lbin; 7-9lbin er UL/CSA)
––
––
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12AWG; 18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
––
415VAC
250VAC
415VAC
250VAC
5kV
4kV
4kV
4kV
2kV
2kV
2.5kV
2.5kV
19
––
–20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing polyamide
Self-extinguishing polyamide
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate
LV1E + n° 3 SN1 electrode
LV2E + n° 2 SN1 electrodes + reset button
––
––
––
500m/547yd single-core, double insulated cables
––
––
––
19-13
Page 23-15
Page 23-10
ENERGY METERS
• Single phase, three phase with neutral,
three phase with or without neutral
• Direct connection or by current
transformers
• MID certified versions
• Expandable versions.
DATA CONCENTRATORS
• Energy consumption data storage for network
usage
• Connection up to 14 energy meters equipped
with static output
• Photovoltaic monitoring type
• Expandable versions.
Page 23-16
DIGITAL LCD MULTIMETERS AND
POWER ANALYZERS
• Graphic or icon LCD
• Version with touch screen
• Modular and panel mount types
• Remote display
• Expandable versions.
Pages 23-16 and 17
PORTABLE POWER ANALYZERS
• IP65 casing
• With built-in USB interface
• GPRS/GSM communications
• Available kits of current clamps and cables.
Page 23-18 to 24
LED MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
• Voltmeters, ammeters, frequency meters,
cosphi meters and wattmeters.
DIGITAL LED MULTIMETERS
• Basic version, with energy meters,
with 2 programmable outputs, for use
with generating sets and with data-logger.
Page 23-32
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
• Primary current: 50-4,000A
• Secondary current: 5A
• Solid and split-core types.
23
METERING
INSTRUMENTS AND
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Digital voltmeters, ammeters,
wattmeters, frequency meters and
cosphi meters
Digital multimeters and power
analyzers, expandable, with
graphic LCD
Connection to single, two, three
phase systems
Ideal for distribution systems,
co-generation energy systems,
stand-by generating sets and
on-board machinery installation
High measurement accuracy
Totally programmable digital
outputs
RS485, RS232, USB, Ethernet,
Profibus DP serial interface for
remote control and data-logger.
Energy meters
Single phase ....................................................................................................................................................................
Single phase, MID certified ..............................................................................................................................................
Three phase with or without neutral ................................................................................................................................
Three phase with neutral, MID certified ...........................................................................................................................
Three phase with or without neutral, UTF certified ..........................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
23
23
23
23
23
-
10
11
12
13
14
Data concentrator
General use ......................................................................................................................................................................
For photovoltaic control and supervision ........................................................................................................................
23 - 15
23 - 15
Digital metering instruments
Modular LCD multimeters ................................................................................................................................................
Flush mount LCD multimeters .........................................................................................................................................
Flush mount touch-screen LCD power analyzers ............................................................................................................
Flush mount LED measuring instruments .......................................................................................................................
Flush mount LED multimeters .........................................................................................................................................
Modular LED measuring instruments ..............................................................................................................................
Modular LED multimeters ................................................................................................................................................
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
-
16
18
19
20
22
26
28
Communication devices, protection covers, accessories .......................................................... 23 - 30
RS232/RS485 converter drive, cables, software, kits of current clamps ........................................ 23 - 31
Current transformers ...................................................................................................... 23 - 32
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Dimensions.................................................................................................................. 23 - 34
Wiring diagrams............................................................................................................ 23 - 36
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 23 - 40
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
Installation supervision
DMG 900
+ EXP 1031
Energy Quality
per EN 50160
MV/LV
transformer
room
DMG 800
+ EXP 1004
Temperature
control
Primary
distribution
DME D310 (MID)
DMG 800
DMG 800
DMG 700
DMG 700
M
Secondary
distribution
DMG 300
210
200
M
(MCC)
M
M
DMG 800 + EXP…
Process and ambient
control
23
DME D310 T2
DME D300 T2
DME D100 T1
DME D110 T1
DME D120 T1
DME CD
23-2
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
Networks
with
software
Web browsing
of each instrument
connected in Ethernet
Tablet,
Smartphone
Wi-Fi
SWITCH
Ethernet
Internet VPN
EXP 1013
Ethernet
EXP 1012
DMG 300 DMG 800-900
+
+
EXM 1013 EXP 1013
SMS,
e-mail
8+4 max with
EXM 10 …
DMG 800-900
DME CD
Data
concentrator
+
EXM 1013
Server
FTP
Energy meters
DME ... T1
with pulse outputs
Antenna GSM
CX03
DMG 210
EXP 10 15
DMG 900
DMK…
RS485
8+6 max with
EXM 10 …
ETH-RS485
ETH-RS485
RS485
23
DMG 210
DMG 700
RS485
DMK…
DME CD
Data
concentrator
23-3
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
Grid quality verification
Energy consumption control
Quality analysis
per EN 50160
High versatility
Easy and intuitive consulting and
configuration.
DMG series multimeters
and DME series
energy meters
Alarms
Boolean logic
Data acquisition of
environmental conditions
23
Micro PLCs
Diagnostics and control
Protection relays
23-4
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
Photovoltaic
installation
management
Option for distinct values
of import and export energy
DMED energy meter:
ENERGY PRODUCED
DC
AC
ELECTRIC LINE
DMED energy meter:
ENERGY CONSUMED
ELECTRIC PULSES
AC/DC INVERTER STATUS/ALARM
DME CD PV1
data concentrator views:
– Energy
• Produced
• Consumed
• Exchanged – Self-consuming index
– AC/DC inverter alarms,
any others.
Option for 2 load
disconnection by
EXM10 01
Option for Ethernet
connection by
EXM10 03
Wi-Fi®
Enabling / Commands
ETHERNET
Router
CONTROLLABLE LOADS
Contactors
APP: PV VIEW
23
PRIVILEGED
LOADS
Supervision option
remoted by
software (see Section 27)
If the distinct values of import and export energy need to be known, a third energy meter should be installed on the in-coming line; the exchanged energy is the difference between import and export energy with the power supplier.
The energy meters can be single or three phase based on the type of installation.
23-5
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
remote control and
supervision software
Main plant synoptic view
Detailed pages of each user with status monitoring and
command sending
View trend lines
Harmonic analysis in bar graph and table format
Alarm and event list with upload to
text or Excel file
23
Data log consulting with periodical manual
or automatic uploading
See Section 27 for details.
23-6
Device parameterising
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital metering instruments
remote control
and supervision
software
Multiclient-server structure and
web-based application
with multi-language support
(including those of East Europe and Far East)
WI-FI
Only one software for many
LOVATO Electric devices
®
®
ON
Ethernet network
DATA
MENU
USB interface
Field
equipment
Multiclient structure
with three access levels
Visualizzazione trend grafici.
Simultaneous management of several channels
23
Interfaced equipment supervision
See Section 27 for details.
23-7
Metering instruments and current transformers
Flush mount version
ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT
Functions / Measurements
DME M100
ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT
DME M100 T1 DME D100 T1 DME D110 T1 DME D115 T1 DME D120 T1
DME D121
DME D130
63A
63A
INSTALLATION
Connection
Single phase
Direct
32A
32A
40A
1
Pulse
1
Pulse
40A
40A
63A
Through CT
MV usage
Built-in digital outputs
1
1
1
Programmable Programmable Programmable
Built-in digital inputs
Built-in communication port
RS485
Expandible
MID certified version
Version with UTF certificates
Current/Votlage accuracy
±0.5%
Active energy accuracy
(IEC/EN 62053-21/EN 50470-3)
Class 1 /
Class B
Degree of protection
IP40
MEASUREMENTS
Active energy
Total
Partial
Reactive energy Total
Partial
Separate energy count
Import - Export
Voltage
Current
Power
Active power max demand
Power factor
Frequency
Active power
max demand
only
23-10/11
23-10
23-10/11
Cos
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
Detailed hamonic analysis (orders)
Page
23-10/11
23-10/11
EXPANSION MODULES
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Communication ports
Ethernet Gateway function
GPRS-GSM modem
Type of memory
23
23-8
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
Metering instruments and current transformers
Modular version
ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT
DME D300 T2 DME D310 T2 DME D320
MULTIMETERS - POWER ANALYZERS
DMG 200
DMG 210
DMG 300
DMG 600
Three phase
DMG 610
DMG 700
DMG 800
DMG 900
DMG 900T
Single / Three phase
63A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5-1A
5-1A
5-1A
5A
5-1A
5-1A
5-1A
2
2
Programmable Programmable
1
1
Programmable Programmable
RS485
RS485
RS485
RS485 or
RS232
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.2%
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.2%
±0.2%
±0.2%
Class 1 /
Class B
Class 1 /
Class B
Class 1
Class 1
Class 2
Class 0.5S
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 0.5S
Class 0.5S
Class 0.5S
IP40
IP40
IP54
IP65
2 to 31°
2 to 63°
2 to 63°
2 to 31°
23-12 to 14
23-12
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
23-16
23-17
23-18
23-18
23-19
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
Profibus
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
Profibus
(SMS, email, Client FTP),
GPRS data connection
Data-logger
Data-logger
Data-logger
+
Energy Quality
EN 50160
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
Data-logger
23
23-9
Metering instruments and current transformers
Energy meters
Single phase,
non expandable
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Mechanical meter with mechanical display.
DME M100
32A direct connection, 1U
1
0.084
DME M100 T1
32A direct connection, 1U
1 pulse output
1
0.088
40A direct connection, 1U 1
1 pulse output, 220-240VAC
0.086
DME D100 T1 A120 40A direct connection, 1U 1
1 pulse output, 110-120VAC
0.086
40A direct connection, 1U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measurements ,
220-240VAC
0.090
DME D110 T1 A120 40A direct connection, 1U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measurements ,
110-120VAC
0.090
Digital meter, with LCD screen.
DME D100 T1
DME M100
DME D110 T1
Digital meter with backlight LCD screen.
DME D115 T1
40A direct connection, 2U, 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measurements ,
220-240VAC
0.090
DME D120 T1
63A direct connection, 2U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measurements ,
220-240VAC
0.148
DME D120 T1 A120 63A direct connection, 2U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measurements ,
110-120VAC
0.148
DME D121
63A direct connection, 2U,
RS485 interface
multi-measurements ,
220-240VAC
1
0.148
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DME D110 T1...
DME D115
DME D120 T1... - DME D121
Single phase,
expandable
Digital meter with backlight LCD screen.
DME D130
Order code
63A direct connection, 2U, 1
multi-measurements,
expandable, 220-240VAC
0.148
Description
Inputs and outputs.
EXM10 00
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs,
opto-isolated
EXM10 01
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and
2 relay outputs 5A 250VAC
EXM10 02
4 opto-isolated digital inputs and
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
23
EXM 10 10
EXM10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13
Opto-isolated Ethernet interface
EXM10 20
Opto-isolated RS485 and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
Maximum combination
MAX
1
23-10
Software and accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Operational characteristics
DME M... (mechanical display)
– Rated supply voltage: 230VAC -20...+15%
– Direct connection
– 32A maximum current
– Active energy measurements
– Active energy accuracy: Class 1 (IEC/EN 62053-21)
– Mechanical meter with 6+1 digit count
– Flashing LED for consumption indication
– Static pulse output for DME M100 T1 only
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 1 module
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at
terminals.
DME D110T1–DME D110 T1–DME D115 T1–
DME D120 T1–DME D121–DME D130
– Nominal supply voltage:
• 220-240VAC for DME D…T1 - DME D1120/130
• 110-120VAC for DME D…T1 A120
– Voltage range:
• 187-265VAC 50/60Hz for DME D…T1-DME D120/130
• 93-132VAC 60 Hz for DME D…T1 A120
– Direct connection
– Maximum current: 40A for DME D100/110 T1…,
DME D115 T1; 63A for DME D120 T1… and
DME D121/130
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class 1
(IEC/EN 62053-21)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23) except for DME D115 T1
– LCD meter : With 5+1 digit count for
DME D100/110 T1…; backlight with 6+1 digit
count for DME D115/120 T1… and DME D121/130
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial energy measurement except for
DME D100/110 T1…
– One output: Pulse for DME D100 T1; programmable
static for all other types
– Built-in RS485 port for DME D121 and optional for
DME D130; both compatible with
– Modular housing, 1 module for DME D100/110 T1…;
2 module for all other types
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– IEC/UL/CSA protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at
terminals.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
DME D130 EXPANSION MODULES.
DME D130
General characteristics
The energy meters are instruments for energy consumption
measurement in single-phase installations with direct
connection.
Dimensions
page 23-34
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (File E346886), as Electrical Process Control
Equipment - Energy meters, for DME D... types.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61326-1 for DME M...
type; EN 50470-3, IEC/EN 61010-1, UL 61010-1,
CSA C22.2 n°61010-1 for DME D... types.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Total and partial reactive energy
- Voltage
- Current
- Active and reactive power
- Power factor
- Frequency
- Total and partial hour counter
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Active power
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
pages 23-40 amd 41
Metering instruments and current transformers
Energy meters
MID
Single phase, non
expandable, MID certified
MID
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.086
DME D110 T1 MID 40A direct connection, 1U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measerements ,
230VAC
0.090
DME D120 T1 MID 63A direct connection, 2U 1
1 programmable static output,
multi-measerements ,
230VAC
0.148
Digital meter with LCD display.
DME D100 T1 MID 40A direct connection, 1U
1 pulse output,
230VAC
DME D110 T1 MID
DME D120 T1 MID
General characteristics
The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
for billing purposes between electricity supplliers and
consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
directly connected single-phase installations.
MID is the Measuring Instruments Directive of the
European Union; instruments must be certified must be
certified accordingly whenever used for monetary
transactions in this territory.
Operational characteristics
Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC
– Voltage range: 187-264VAC 50Hz
– Direct connection
– Maximum current: 40A for DME D100/110 T1 MID;
63A for DME D120 T1 MID
– Measurement of 14 electrical parameters for
DME D110/120 T1 MID
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
(EN 50470-3)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– LCD meter:
• With 5+1 digit count for DME D100/110 T1 MID
• Backlight with 6+1 digit count for DME D120 T1 MID
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial energy measurements in
DME D120 T1 MID
– One output: pulse for DME D100 T1 MID;
programmable static for other types
– Modular housing, 1 module for DME D100/110 T1 MID;
2 module for DME D120 T1 MID
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
module B (type tests) and per module D (production
conformity).
Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Total and partial reactive energy
- Voltage
- Current
- Active and reactive power
- Power factor
- Frequency
- Total and partial hour counter
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
23
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
pages 23-40
23-11
Metering instruments and current transformers
Energy meters
Three phase with or without
neutral, non expandable
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.360
Digital meter for three phase with neutral.
DME D300 T2
63A direct connection,
4U, 2 programmable
static outputs,
multi-measurements Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral.
DME D320
Connection by CT /5A
secondary, 4U,
RS485 interface,
multi-measurements
1
0.332
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DME D300 T2
DME D320
Three phase with or without
neutral, expandable
Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral.
DME D310 T2
Connection by CT /5A
1
secondary, 2 programmable
static outputs, 4U,
multi-measurements ,
expandable
0.332
General characteristics
The energy meters are digital meters/analyzers of electric
energy for systems with direct three-phase connection
or by CT.
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series interfaced by infrared
beam.
Operational characteristics
– Nominal supply voltage:
• 220-240VAC (L-N); 380-415VAC (L-L) for
DME D300/310 T2
• 100-240VAC / 110-250VDC for DME D320
– Voltage range:
• 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L) 50/60Hz for
DME D300/310 T2
• 85-264VAC 50/60Hz; 93.5-300VDC for DME D320
– Direct connection 63A for DME D300 T2
– Connection by CT /5A for DME D320 T2 and
DME D320
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class 1
(IEC/EN 62053-21)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC L-L;
10-480VAC (L-N) for DME D320
– LCD multifunction meter
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial active energy measurements
– 1 programmable digital input except DME D320
– 2 programmable static outputs except DME D320
– Built-in RS485 port for DME D320 and optional for
DME D310 T2; compatible with
software
– Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
with DME D310 T2
– Modular housing, 4 module
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– IEC/UL/CSA degree of protection: IP51 on front;
IP20 at terminals.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
Order
code
DME D310 T2
Description
DME D310 T2 EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
EXM10 00
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
EXM 10 10
EXM10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXM10 20
Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA and
Canada (cULus – File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices,
Multimeters for DME D320.
Compliant with standards: EN 50740-3, IEC/EN 61010-1,
UL508,CSA C22.2 n°14.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Total and partial reactive energy
- Voltage
- Current
- Active and reactive power
- Power factor
- Frequency
- Total and partial hour counter
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
Maximum combination
23
MAX
3
23-12
Software and accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
page 23-42
Metering instruments and current transformers
Energy meters
MID
Three phase with neutral,
non expandable,
MID certified
Order code
MID
Digital meter for three phase with neutral.
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DME D300 T2 MID 63A direct connection, 4U
2 programmable static
outputs, non expandable,
multi-measurements
1
0.360
Three phase with or without
neutral, expandable,
MID certified
Order code
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
MID
Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral.
DME D300 T2 MID
Description
DME D310 T2 MID Connection by CT /5A
1
secondary, 2 programmable
static outputs, 4U,
multi-measurements ,
expandable
Order
code
0.332
Operational characteristics
– Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC (L-N); 400VAC (L-L)
– Voltage range: 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L)
50Hz
– Direct connection 63A for DME D300 T2
– Connection by CT /5A for DME D320 T2
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
(EN 50470-3)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– LCD multifunction meter
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial energy measurements
– 1 programmable digital input
– 2 programmable static outputs
– Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
with DME D310 T2 MID compatible with
software
– Modular housing 4 module
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at
terminals.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
Description
DME D310 T2 MID EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
DME D310 T2 MID
General characteristics
The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
for billing purposes between electricity suppliers and
consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
directly or CT connected three-phase installations.
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series interfaced by infrared
beam.
EXM10 00
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
EXM10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXM10 20
Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
module B (type tests) and per module D (production
conformity).
Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Total and partial reactive energy
- Voltage
- Current
- Active and reactive power
- Power factor
- Frequency
- Total and partial hour counter
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
EXM 10 10
Maximum combination
MAX
3
23
Software and accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
page 23-42
23-13
Metering instruments and current transformers
Energy meters
MID – With UTF certificates
Three phase with or without
neutral, MID certified
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Digital meter for three phase with neutral, complete with
UTF certificates for installations in Italy.
DME D300 F
MID certified type, 63A
1
direct connection, 4U,
2 programmable static
outputs, non expandable,
multi-measurements,
complete with UTF certificate
0.360
Starter kits with digital MID certified meter 4U, expandable
for three phase with or without neutral and 3 current
transformers, 0.5S class, all with UTF certificates for
installations in Italy.
DME D300 F
DME D310 F060
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0060
1
2.100
DME D310 F080
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0080
1
2.200
DME D310 F100
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0100
1
1.900
DME D310 F150
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0150
1
1.900
DME D310 F200
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0200
1
1.900
DME D310 F250
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0250
1
1.900
DME D310 F300
Composed of one
DMED310T2MID and n°3
transformers DM5T0300
1
1.900
Starter kits
NOTE: Other starter kits are available with 3 CTs up to 1600A.
Consult Customer Service for information; see contact details on inside
front cover.
DME D310 F...
Order code Description
DME D310 F EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 and 2 relay outputs rated
5A 250VAC
EXM 10 10
Maximum combination
23
General characteristics
The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
for billing purposes between electricity suppliers and
consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
directly or CT connected three-phase installations.
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series expansion modules
interfaced by infrared beam.
MID is the Measuring Instruments Directive of the
European Union; instruments must be certified
accordingly whenever used for monetary transactions in
this territory.
The UTF certificate is required for revenue tax
purposes by Italian authorities when equipment is part
of generating electricity installations (e.g. solar, wind)
and there is electricity exchange with the power grid.
Operational characteristics
DME D300 F and DME D310 T2 MID of starter kits
– Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC (L-N); 400VAC (L-L)
– Voltage range: 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L)
50Hz
– Direct connection 63A for DME D300 F
– Connection by CT /5A, standard supplied, for
DME D320 T2 MID
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
(EN 50470-3)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– LCD multifunction meter
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial energy measurements
– 1 programmable digital input
– 2 programmable static outputs
– Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
with DME D310 T2 MID compatible with
software
– Modular housing 4 module
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
– EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at terminals.
Multi-measurements
– Total and partial active energy
– Total and partial reactive energy
– Voltage
– Current
– Active and reactive power
– Power Factor
– Frequency
– Total and partial hour counter
– Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
– Maximum demand.
DM5T CURRENT TRANSFORMERS of starter kits
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Class 0.5S burden
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for
1 second
– Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): class E
– For Ø28mm/1.1” cable
– For 21.5x21.5mm/0.85x0.85”, 26x26mm/1.02x1.02”,
31.5x31.5mm/1.24x1.24” busbars
– Screw fixing terminals
– Standard supplied sealable terminal covers and fixing
elements
– EN degree of protection: IP30.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
MAX
3
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
module B (type tests) and per module D (production
conformity) for DME D300 F and DME D310F energy
meters. UTF certificates for the DME D300F and for each
component of the starter kits are standard supplied.
Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3 for
DME D300F and DME D310 T2 MID; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
DM5T…
23-14
Software and accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Dimensions
page 23-34 and 35
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
page 23-42
Metering instruments and current transformers
Data concentrators
Expandable
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Data concentrator for general use.
DME CD
With 8 programmable 1
digital inputs, 4U,
expandable, RS485 port,
for data collection+pulse
count from DMEM100T1
and DMED…,
expandable
0.337
Data concentrator for photovoltaic applications.
DME CD PV1
Programmed for
1
installation control and
data collection+pulse
count from two
DMED minimum, 4U,
RS485 port, expandable
0.340
DME KIT CD PV1100 Starter kit composed
1
of one data concentrator
DMECDPV1 and two
energy meters
DMED110T1
0.515
DME CD - DME CD PV1
Use with DMED110T1, DMED115T1, DMED120T1, DMED300T2 and
DMED310T2.
Description
DME CD AND DME CD PV1 EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM10 00
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
EXM10 02
4 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL listed for USA and
Canada (cULus – File E346886), as Electrical Process
Control Equipment – Data concentrator for DMECD; pending
for DMECDPV1 and DMEKITCDPV1100.
Communication ports.
EXM 10 10
DMECDPV1 is specific for the monitoring of solar
installations and needs to be connected to at least two
DMED… meters (single or three phase). The user can avail
of data, such as energy produced by the generating
installation, energy consumed by loads as well as exchanged
energy (difference between import and export energy) with
the power supplier.
It is already programmed to automatically calculate the selfconsuming index, mean power values, production (total and
partial values) and the operating status of the AC/DC inverter,
if it is equipped with digital outputs.
In addition, it can be customised by the user for load
supervision, using the EXM series expansion modules,
according to the defined logics and on the basis of the
energy available.
Operational characteristics
– Nominal supply voltage: 110-240VAC / 110-250VDC
– Voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
– Backlight graphic LCD
– 8 inputs, expandable with EXM… modules up to 14
– Built-in RS485 communication port
– Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP communication protocol
– Multifunction display
– Clearable total and partial counters for each channel
– Programmable general counters
– Calculation of derivative average values
– Mathematical operations among counters
– Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.
DME KIT CD PV1100
Order code
General characteristics
DMECD is equipped with 8 inputs, which can be increased
up to a maximum of 14 and allows to indirectly interface
devices without communication as long as they have at least
one pulse output.
It is capable of pulse counting that come in from the outputs
of meters for energy, water, gas and other types of
consumption: All data is viewed on its display or can also be
available for PCs through its built-in RS485 interface using
Synergy (STILIZZATO) software.
It can be expanded with up to 3 EXM series modules by
optic interface.
With the programmable functions, average values can be
determined for instantaneous quantities, such as power,
speed, production rate, gas and water consumption, etc.
EXM10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXM10 20
Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay
outputs, rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging
Maximum combination
23
MAX
3
Software and accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-36
Technical characteristics
page 23-43
23-15
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments.
Starter kits
Modular LCD multimeters
non expandable
DMG 200 - DMG 210
Starter kits
Order
code
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMG 200
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
1
0.294
DMG 200 L01
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.294
DMG 210
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1
RS485 port, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
0.300
DMG 210 L01
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1
RS485 port, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.300
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Order code
DMG KIT 200 150
Description
DMG KIT 200 060 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
60/5A for Ø22mm/0.87”
cable
1.035
DMG KIT 200 080 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
80/5A for Ø22mm/0.87”
cable
1.035
DMG KIT 200 100 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
100/5A for Ø22mm/0.87”
cable
1.035
DMG KIT 200 150 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
150/5A for Ø23mm/0.91”
cable
0.856
DMG KIT 200 200 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
200/5A for Ø23mm/0.91”
cable
0.856
DMG KIT 200 250 Composed of one DMG200 1
multimeter and n°3 CTs
250/5A for Ø23mm/0.91”
cable
0.856
General characteristics
DMG 200... and DMG 210 digital multimeters are available
with a modular housing, 4 module size, and are equipped
with a graphic backlight LCD capable of providing extremely
clear, intuitive and flexible viewing of all electrical parameters
of an installation. Very accurate measurements combined
with their extreme compactness provide an ideal solution for
every type of application.
The DMG 210 version is supplied with RS485 opto-isolated
built-in interface.
Main measurements and functions include:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
– Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
values
– P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions of all
measurements
– Maximum demand of power and current values
– Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
values
– Energy meters for active, reactive and apparent values
– Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours.
Operational characteristics
DMG200 - DMG210
– Auxiliary supply voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
– Voltage measurement range:
20-830VAC phase-to-phase
10-480VAC phase-neutral
– Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
transformers
– Rated input current: With external CT /5A
– Current measurement range with CT up to 10,000A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
– True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
– Accuracy:
• Voltage: ±0.5% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.5% (0.1-1.1 In)
• Power: ±1% f.s.
• Frequency: 0.05%
• Active energy: Class 1 (IEC/EN 62053-21)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Non-volatile memory for data storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU and ASCII for
DMG 210 only
– Programming and remote control by software for
software
DMG 210 only; compatible with
– Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC protection degree: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CTs) of starter kits
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Class 1 burden
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for
1 second
– Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): class E
– Faston terminals
– Standard supplied fixing elements
– IEC degree of protection: IP30.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
23
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA
and Canada (cULus - File E93601) as Auxiliary Devices Multimeter for DMG200/210… types.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n°14 for DMG200/210…; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
transformers of starter kits.
23-16
Software and accessories
pages 23-30 and 31
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-37
Technical characteristics
page 23-44
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Modular LCD multimeters
expandable
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMG 300
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
harmonic analysis,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
1
0.320
DMG 300 L01
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1
harmonic analysis,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.320
DMG 300
Order
code
Description
DMG 300 EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
EXM10 00
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 02
4 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports.
EXM 10 10
EXM10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXM10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM10 13
Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXM10 20
Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
battery for data logging
Maximum combination
MAX
3
General characteristics
DMG300 digital multimeters are available with a modular
housing, 4 module size, and are equipped with a graphic
backlight LCD capable of providing extremely clear, intuitive
and flexible viewing of all electrical parameters of a system.
The very accurate measurements combined with their
extreme compactness provide an ideal solution for every
type of application.
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series modules interfaced by
infrared beam.
Main measurements and functions include:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
– Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
values
– P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all
measuements
– Maximum demand of power and current values
– Voltage and current asymmetry
– Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
values
– Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to 31° order
– Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
total values, programmable tariff functions
– Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
– Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
counting for water, gas, etc. with expansion module only.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
– Voltage measurement range:
20-830VAC phase-to-phase
10-480VAC phase-neutral
– Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
transformers
– Rated input current: With external CT, 5A or 1A
– Current measurement range with CT up to 10,000A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
– True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
– Accuracy:
• Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1 In)
• Power: ±0.5% f.s.
• Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: 0.05%
• Active energy: Class 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Non-volatile memory for data storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
(only with communication expansion modules)
– Programming and remote control by software
(only with communication expansion modules);
software
compatible with
– Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC protection degree: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 3.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices Multimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Software and accessories
pages 23-30 and 31
Expansion modules
page 28-3
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-37
Technical characteristics
page 23-44
23-17
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush mount LCD
multimeters, expandable
DMG 600 - DMG 610
Order
code
Description
DMG 600
Backlight icon LCD,
1
72x46mmm/2.8x1.8”,
auxiliary supply
100-400VAC / 120-250VDC,
front optical port
0.300
DMG 610
Backlight icon LCD,
1
72x46mmm/2.8x1.8”,
auxiliary supply
100-400VAC / 120-250VDC,
front optical port and
RS485 port
0.350
DMG 700
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
auxiliary supply
100-440VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
1
0.510
DMG 700 L01
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
1
auxiliary supply
100-440VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.510
DMG 800
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
harmonic analysis,
auxiliary supply
100-440VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
0.510
DMG 700 - DMG 800...
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXP10 04
2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V for DMG 800
EXP10 05
2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or
0-10V or 0...±5V for DMG 800
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
• 100-400VAC / 120-250VDC for DMG 600/610
• 90-484VAC / 93.5-300VDC for DMG 700/800
• 9-70VDC for DMG 800 D048
– Voltage measurement range:
• 50-720VAC for DMG600/610
• 20-830VAC L-L / 10-480VAC L-N for DMG 700/800
– Usage in medium and high voltage systems with
voltage transformers
– Rated input current: By external CT 5A for DMG 700;
1A or 5A for DMG 600/610 and DMG 800…
– Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
– True RMS measurements: for voltage and current
– Measurement accuracy for DMG 600/610-DMG 700:
• Voltage: ±0.5% (50-720VAC DMG 600/610; 50830VAC DMG 700)
• Current: ±0.5% (0.1-1.1In)
• Power: ±1% f.s.
• Frequency: ±0.05%
• Active energy: Classe 1 (IEC/EN 62053-22)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Measurement accuracy for DMG 800…:
• Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1In)
• Power: ±0.5% f.s.
• Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: ±0.05%
• Active energy: Classe 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Non-volatile memory for data storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
– Compatible with
software
– Flush-mount housing 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
– IEC degree of protection: On front IP54 DMG600/610;
IP65 all others. All IP20 at terminals
EXP10 08
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Overall M3N case dimensions: See page 4-17.
DMG 800 L01
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
1
harmonic analysis,
auxiliary supply
100-440VAC/110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.510
DMG 800 D048
Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD,
with harmonic analysis,
auxiliary supply
12-24-48VDC
1
0.520
DMG M3 800 01
DMG 800 portable unit in
M3N case, prewired,
for mobile applications,
with USB port, without
external cable (see page
23-31)
1
3.300
DMG M3 800 01
Order
code
Description
DMG 600/610, DMG 700 AND DMG 800 EXPANSION MODULES
Inputs and outputs.
EXP10 00
23
23-18
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
Communication ports.
EXP 10...
Software and accessories
pages 23-30 and 31
General characteristics
DMG 600, DMG 610, DMG 700 and DMG 800 digital
multimeters are capable of viewing the measurements
with high accuracy on the wide graphic LCD, which allow
to control energy distribution networks.
They are available with a flush-mount housing,
96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size, and expansion slots to fit
plug-in expansion modules (1 for DMG 600/610 and 4 for
DMG 700/800) suitable for numerous applications.
The main features include an extended power supply
voltage range, high measurement accuracy, expandability
and graphic interactive interface for simple use.
Main measurements and functions include:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
– Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
values
– P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all
measurements
– Maximum demand of power and current values
– Voltage and current asymmetry
– Total harmonic distortion (THD): voltage and current
– Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to the
31° order with DMG 800 only
– Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
total values with programmable tariff functions
– Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
– Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
counting for water, gas, etc., with expansion module
only.
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXP10 13
Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with web
server function for DMG 800
EXP10 14
Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface
for DMG 800
EXP10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging for DMG 800
Expansion modules
page 28-2
Dimensions
page 23-34
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 2.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all except DMGM380001;
UL listed for USA and Canada (cULus – File E93601), as
Auxiliary Devices – Multimeters for DMG… types pending
for DMG600/610 and excluding DMGM380001.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22-2 n°14.
Wiring diagrams
page 23-37
Technical characteristics
page 23-45
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush mount LCD touchscreen power analyzers,
expandable
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
DMG 900
Graphic 128x112 pixel
1
touch-screen LCD, harmonic
analysis, 4 current channels,
(neutral meas.) auxiliary
supply 100-440VAC/
110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish
and Portuguese
0.566
DMG 900 L01
Graphic 128x112 pixel
1
touch-screen LCD, harmonic
analysis, 4 current channels,
(neutral meas.) auxiliary
supply 100-440VAC/
110-250VDC.
Multilanguage: English, Czech,
Polish, German and Russian
0.566
DMG M3 900 01
DMG 900 portable unit in
1
M3N case, prewired for
mobile applications, with USB
port, without external cables
(see page 23-31)
3.400
DMG 900 D048
Graphic 128x112 pixel
1
touch-screen LCD,
harmonic analysis, auxiliary
supply 12-24-48VDC
0.580
DMG 900T
Measurement transducer,
1
harmonic analysis,
4 channels, auxiliary supply
100-440VAC/110-250VDC,
RS232/RS485 ports 0.570
DMG 900T D048
Measurement transducer,
1
harmonic analysis,
4 channels, auxiliary supply
12-24-48VDC,
RS232/RS485 ports 0.590
n°
DMG 900...
DMG M3 900 01
Wt
[kg]
EXP10 10
Opto-isolated USB interface
EXP10 11
Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXP10 12
Opto-isolated RS485 interface
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
90-484VAC / 93.5-300VDC for DMG 900 and DMG 900T;
9-70VDC for DMG 900 D048 and DMG 900T D048
– Voltage measurement range:
20-830VAC phase-to-phase
10-480VAC phase-neutral
– Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
transformers
– Rated input current: 5A or 1A by CT up to 10,000A
– Current measurement range: 0.01-10A or 0.002-1.2A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz / 360-440Hz
– True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
– Accuracy:
• Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1In)
• Power: ±0.5% f.s.
• Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: ±0.05%
• Active energy: Class 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Non-volatile memory for data and event (last 100) storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
with communication expansion modules only
– Programming and remote control by software with
communication expansion modules only;
compatible
– Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” for
DMG900... and DMG 900RD; 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715) fixing for DMG 900T
– IEC protection degree: IP65 on front for DMG 900... and
DMG 900RD; IP20 at terminals for DMG 900... - DMG 900T.
EXP10 13
Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web
server function
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXP10 14
Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface
EXP10 15
GPRS/GSM modem
EXP10 30
Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging
EXP10 31
Data storage, with Energy Quality (EN 50160),
clock-calendar (RTC) with backup reserve energy
for data logging
Remote display for DMG 900T...
DMG 900RD
0.396
Graphic 128x112 pixel touch 1
screen LCD, with 3m/9.8ft
long connecting cable No simultaneous operations of serial ports; only one port can be used at
a time. Consult instructions manual for details.
Direct link to DMG 900T dedicated port: powered directly by DMG 900T.
Order
code
DMG 900T...
Description
DMG 900 and DMG 900 T EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs.
EXP10 00
4 opto-isolated digital inputs
EXP10 01
4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP10 02
2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXP10 03
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
EXP10 04
2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 05
2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or
0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 08
2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC
DMG 900RD
Communication ports.
EXP 10...
Software and accessories
pages 23-30 and 31
General characteristics
DMG 900... expandable digital power analyzers are available
with a flush-mount housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. The
wide graphic touch screen display provides extremely simple
interacting between the device and the user.
The high performance of the power analyzers gives very
accurate measurements and can control energy distribution
networks, to detect and prevent energy problems which could
compromise quality and supply.
The main features include an extensive power supply voltage
range, high measurement accuracy, expandability up to 4
plug in expansion modules.
There also is available the DMG 900T measurement
transducer which can be used with the DMG 900RD remote
display. The DMG 900T, without display, is arranged for
mounting inside the panel board, on 35mm DIN rail, and is an
ideal solution for installations where the measurements of
various multimeters must be remotely viewed.
The DMG 900RD remote display connected to the DMG 900T
transducer can display the measurements on the panel front
while power connections remain inside the panel.
Main measurements and functions include:
– Voltage: phase, phase-neutral and ground neutral-earth
– Supply voltage value for the DC supply types only
– Current: phase values
– Neutral current calculated and true values
– Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total values
– P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
– Cos per phase and total
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– Voltage and current asymmetry
– Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
– Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to the 63° order
– HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all measurements
– Maximum demand of power and current values
– Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
total values with programmable tariff functions
– Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
– Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
counting for water, gas, etc., with expansion module only
– Energy quality analysis to EN 50160 with expansion
module only.
Expansion modules
page 28-2
Dimensions
page 23-34
EXP series expansion modules
See Section 28, page 2.
Wiring diagrams
page 23-37
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all except DMG M3...;
UL Listed, for USA and Canada (cULus - File E93601), as
Auxiliary Devices-Multimeters for all except DMG M3...
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
Technical characteristics
page 23-45
23-19
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush-mount LED
instruments single phase
non expandable
Order
code
Displayed
measurements
Relay Qty
output per
pkg
Wt
n°
n°
n°
[kg]
1 voltage value
1 max voltage value
1 min voltage value
–
1
0.290
1
1
0.323
1 current value
1 max current value
1 min current value
–
1
0.290
1
1
0.323
–
1
0.290
Voltmeter.
DMK 00
DMK 00 R1
Ammeter.
DMK 01
DMK 01 R1
Voltmeter or ammeter.
DMK 0...
DMK 02
1 voltage or
current value
1 maximum voltage
or current value
1 minimum voltage
or current value
DMK 03 R1
1 frequency value
–
1 max frequency value 1
1 min frequency value
1
0.290
1
0.323
1
0.290
1
0.323
Cosphi meter.
DMK 04
DMK 04 R1
1 cosphi value
–
1 power factor value 1
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415AC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
DMK...R1 only
– Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
– Terminals: 4mm2
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Frequency meter.
DMK 03
General characteristics
The DMK 0... instruments are available with flush-mount
housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
The DMK02 can operate as a voltmeter or ammeter. It is duly equipped
with two front plates (V and A) which must be fitted by the user
depending on which instrument is required and on the wiring scheme
used.
Relay output for control and protection functions.
DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 02
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: OFF/5-10,000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1
– Measurement input: 15-660VAC
– Frequency measurement range: 15-65Hz
– Accuracy: ±1 digit
DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1
– Cosphi measurement error: ±0.5° ±1 digit
– Cosphi measurement in 4 quadrants
– Accuracy: ±1° ±1 digit
Control and protection functions
DMK 00 R1
– Voltage loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Time delay for max-min voltage or voltage loss, phase
loss : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 01 R1
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss :
0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 03 R1
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for min-max frequency :
0.5-900.0 seconds.
23
DMK 04 R1
– Minimum-maximum cos thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Minimum-maximum PF thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Delay time for max or min threshold :
1-9,000 seconds.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesMultimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23-20
Accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-34
Independent adjustable delays.
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Technical characteristics
page 23-46
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush-mount LED
instruments three phase
non expandable
Order
code
Displayd
measurements
Relay Qty
output per
pkg
Wt
n°
n°
n°
[kg]
3 phase voltage values –
3 phase to phase
1
voltage values
3 maximum phase
voltage values
3 maximum phase to
phase voltage values
3 minimum phase
voltage values
3 minimum phase to
phase voltage values
1
0.297
1
0.330
3 phase current values –
3 maximum phase
1
current values
3 minimum phase
current values
1
0.292
1
0.336
DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit.
1
0.332
1
0.350
DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Frequency measure range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
Power ±1% f.s. ±1 digit.
Control and protection functions
DMK 10 R1
– Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
– Frequency
• Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
• Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, phase loss, asymmetry
and min-max frequency : 0.5-900.0 seconds.
Voltmeter.
DMK 10
DMK 10 R1
DMK 1...
Ammeter.
DMK 11
DMK 11 R1
Combined voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter.
DMK 15
3 phase voltage values –
1
DMK 15 R1 3 phase to phase
voltage values
3 phase current values
4 active power values,
phase and total
3 maximum phase
voltage values
3 maximum phase to
phase voltage values
3 maximum phase
current values
4 maximum active
power values,
phase and total
3 minimum phase
voltage values
3 minimum phase to
phase voltage values
3 minimum phase
current values
4 minimum active
power values,
phase and total
Connection also to single phase.
Relay output for control and protection functions.
General characteristics
The DMK 1... instruments are available with flush-mount
housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
Measurements are TRMS values and provide for reliable
operation even in presence of harmonics.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– TRMS measurements
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
DMK...R1 only
– Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
– Terminals: 4mm2
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit.
DMK 11 R1
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss and
asymmetry : 0.5-900.0 seconds.
DMK 15 R1
– Voltage
• Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
• Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
• Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
• Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
– Current
• Current loss: OFF/5-85%
• Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
• Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
• Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Power
• Rated power: 1-10,000
• Maximum power: OFF/101-200%
• Max. power instantaneous tripping: OFF/110-600%
• Minimum power: OFF/10-99%
– Freuency
• Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
• Minimum frequency OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
power : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesMultimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Independent adjustable delays.
Accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Technical characteristics
page 23-47
23-21
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush-mount LED multimeter
three phase
non expandable
DMK 16
Order
code
Displayed
measurements
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
DMK 16
3 phase voltage values
1
3 phase to phase voltage
values
3 phase current values
4 active power values, phase
and total
4 reactive power values,
phase and total
4 apparent power values,
phase and total
3 phase power factor values
1 frequency value
1 active energy value in kWh
1 reactive energy value
in kvarh
1 hour counter
3 maximum phase voltage
values
3 maximum phase to phase
voltage values
3 maximum phase current
values
4 maximum active power
values, phase and total
4 maximum reactive power
values, phase and total
4 maximum apparent power
values, phase and total
3 minimum phase voltage
values
3 minimum phase to phase
voltage values
3 minimum phase
current values
4 minimum active power
values, phase and total
4 minimum reactive power
values, phase and total
4 minimum apparent power
values, phase and total
n°
[kg]
0.350
General characteristics
The DMK 16 multimeter is available with flush-mount
housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
– Active energy accuracy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-21 and
IEC/EN 62053-23)
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.0
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
– Terminals: 4mm2
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesMultimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23
23-22
Accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Technical characteristics
page 23-47
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush-mount LED multimeter
three phase
non expandable
Order code
DMK 16 R1
DMK 16 R1
Displayed
measurements
Relay Qty
output per
pkg
n°
n°
3 phase voltage
1
values
3 phase to phase
voltage values
3 phase current
values
4 active power values,
phase and total
4 reactive power
values, phase and
total
4 apparent power
values, phase and
total
3 phase power factor
values
1 frequency value
1 active energy value
in kWh
1 reactive energy
value in kvarh
1 hour counter
3 maximum phase
voltage values
3 maximum phase to
phase voltage
values
3 maximum phase
current values
4 minimum and
maximum active
power values,
phase and total
4 minimum and
maximum reactive
power values,
phase and total
4 minimum and
maximum apparent
power values,
phase and total
2 minimum and
maximum power
factor values
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.353
General characteristics
The DMK 16 R1 multimeter is available with flush-mount
housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
– Active energy accuracy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-21
and IEC/EN 62053-23)
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.0
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– 1 relay output with 1 changeover (SPDT) contact
– Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
– Terminals: 4mm2
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
PROGRAMMABLE RELAY OUTPUT
– Voltage
• Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
• Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
• Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
• Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
– Current
• Protection inhibition max current: OFF/2-100%
• Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
• Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
• Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Power factor
• Maximum power factor: 0.10-1.00
• Minimum power factor: 0.10-1.00
– Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
power factor : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesMultimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Connection also to single phase.
Independent adjustable delays.
23
Accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Technical characteristics
page 23-47
23-23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush mount LED
multimeters
non expandable
47 electrical parameters
DMK 2...
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMK 20
Basic version, auxiliary
supply 208-240VAC
1
0.434
DMK 21
Version with energy
1
meters included, auxiliary
supply 208-240VAC
0.477
DMK 22
Version with energy
1
meters and RS485 port
included, auxiliary supply
208-240VAC
0.477
DMK 25
Version for generating
1
set duty, auxiliary supply
12-24VDC
0.350
General characteristics
DMK 2... digital multimeters are available with fush-mount
housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. They monitor and view
reliable readings of electrical parameters, even in presence
of critical operating conditions, such as voltages and
currents with high harmonic content and variable frequency.
The total and partial hour counter feature provides an
interesting feature for electric panels of emergency
generating sets.
The diversified and accurate measurements give the
multimeters valuable technical and cost effective advantages
respect to traditional analog instrumentation.
DMK2... digital multimeters view 47 electrical parameters:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Battery voltage: 9-32VDC for DMK 25 only
– Current: phase values
– Power: apparent phase, active and reactive values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– Frequency (measured voltage frequency)
– HIGH/LOW: instantaneous minimum and maximum
values of each phase voltage and current, total active
power (W), total reactive power (var) and total
apparent power (VA) values
– Total hours: non-volatile clearable log for DMK 20 and
DMK 25 only
– Partial hours: non-volatile configurable log for DMK 20
and DMK 25 only
– Active and reactive energy meters for DMK21 and
DMK22 only.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
• 154-288VAC for DMK 20
• 177-264VAC for DMK 21-DMK 22
• 9-32VDC for DMK 25
– Voltage measurement range: 60-830VAC phase-phase
30-480VAC phase-neutral
– Current measurement range: 0.05-6A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 1.0-2,000
– Voltage accuracy: Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
– Current accuracy: Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
– Active energy accuracy: Class 2
– Non-volatile total and partial hour counter with
separate clearing; used as maintenance interval with
alarm display in DMK 20 - DMK 25 only
– HIGH and LOW value functions to read and log
instantaneous voltage, current and power values
– Delayed automatic resetting of default measurements
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive fluctuations
to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
transformers (CTs) only
– Single, two, three phase, with or without neutral, and
balanced three-phase connection
– RS485 serial port, compatible with
software
– TRMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP 20 at rear.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 28.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary DevicesMultimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n°14.
23
23-24
Accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-39
Technical characteristics
page 23-48
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Flush mount LED
multimeters
non expandable
251 electric parameters
DMK 3...
DMK 40
Order code
Description
DMK 30
Basic version, auxiliary supply 1
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
0.410
DMK 31
Version with 1 relay and
1 static programmable
outputs, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
1
0.480
DMK 32
Version with 1 relay and
1
1 static programmable outputs
and RS485 opto-isolated port,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
0.490
DMK 32 D048 Version with 1 relay and
1
1 static programmable outputs
and RS485 opto-isolated port,
auxiliary supply 24-48VDC
0.485
DMK 40
0.470
Version with data-logger,
RS232 and RS485
opto-isolated ports,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
General characteristics
DMK3... and DMK40 digital multimeters are available with
flush-mount housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. They
comprise excellent features so distorted waveform
conditions, such as very disturbed supply lines having
voltage and currents with high harmonic content and variable
freqeuncy, do not influence the high accuracy of DMK
multimeter readouts, because of the rigorous deisgn in
addition to the use of the latest generation of microprocessor
technology. Measurement of the phase angle (cos) in
addition to power factor, harmonic analysis and HIGH-LOWMAX DEMAND functions are just a few of those which are
difficult to find on higher category equipment.
The DMK 40 version includes a reliable data-logger system,
extremely easy to use. DMK 3... and DMK 40 multimeters can
display 251 electric parameters; a few of these are listed below:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase and system values
– Power: active, reactive, apparent phase and total values
– Energy: import, export, active and reactive values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– cos: angle displacement, i.e. power factor related to
the harmonic fundamental only
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– Harmonics (HARM.): residual and total harmonic
content for each harmonic order up to the 22° per
phase, both for voltage and current values
– HIGH / LOW: maximum / minimum values of phase
voltage and current and W, var and VA power
– Maximum demand (MAX): maximum current and total
active power values, both calculated on programmable
integration time.
The technical features of the DMK 40 data-logger are:
– 2Mbyte (MB) non-volatile memory for data logging
– Real Time Clock (RTC) with replaceable backup lithium
battery
– Sampling time, 1s to 24h configurable
– Number of sampling measurements, 1 to 32
configurable at a time
– Communication protocols: Modbus-RTU and
Modbus-ASCII
– Data logging of one electrical parameter in continuous
format or with begin-end by programmable thresholds
– Compatible with
software
– Suspension of data acquisition at full memory or
refreshing oldest data.
Operational characteristics
– Operating auxiliary voltage range: 85-265VAC /
93.5-300VDC; 18-70VDC for DMK32 D048
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC phase-phase;
10-480VAC phase-neutral
– VT ratio programming: 1.0-5,000
– Current measurement range: 0.02-6A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– CT ratio programming: 1.0-2,000
– Voltage accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. (830V)
– Current accuracy: ±0.35% f.s. (6A)
– Frequency and harmonic distortion accuracy: ±1 digit
– Active energy accuracy: Class 1
– HIGH and LOW value functions to detect and log
instantaneous voltage, current and power values
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive fluctuations
to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
transformers only
– Single, two, three phase, with or without neutral, and
balanced three-phase connection by 1 CT only
– Usage with voltage transformers for voltages >830VAC
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– Power factor and cos measurements
– Voltage and current harmonic analysis per phase up to
22° harmonic order
– Active energy meters (import-export)
– Reactive energy meters (import-export)
– Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP 20 at rear.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 28.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices Multimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, CISPR11/EN 55011, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Accessories
page 23-30 and 31
Dimensions
page 23-34
Wiring diagrams
page 23-39
Technical characteristics
page 23-48
23-25
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Modular LED instruments
single phase
non expandable
Order
code
Displayed
measurements
Relay Qty
output per
pkg
Wt
n°
n°
n°
[kg]
1 voltage value
1 max voltage value
1 min voltage value
–
1
0.237
1
1
0.268
1 current value
1 max current value
1 min current value
–
1
0.237
1
1
0.268
–
1
0.241
Voltmeter.
DMK 80
DMK 80 R1
Ammeter.
DMK 81
DMK 81 R1
Voltmeter or ammeter.
DMK 80
DMK 80 R1
DMK 82
1 voltage or current
value
1 maximum voltage
or current value
1 minimum voltage
or current value
Frequency meter.
DMK 83
DMK 83 R1
1 frequency value
–
1 max frequency value 1
1 min frequency value
1
0.237
1
0.268
1
0.241
1
0.272
Cosphi meter.
DMK 84
DMK 81
DMK 81 R1
DMK 84 R1
DMK 82
1 cosphi value
–
1 power factor value 1
The DMK82 can operate as a voltmeter or ammeter. It is duly equipped
with two front plates (V and A) which must be fitted by the user
depending on which instrument is required and on the wiring scheme
used.
Relay output with control and protection functions.
General characteristics
The DMK 8... instruments are available with modular
housing, 3 module size.
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
DMK...R1 version only
– Terminals: 4mm2
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 modules
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 on
terminals.
DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 82
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: OFF/5-10,000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1
– Measurement input: 15-660VAC
– Frequency measurement range: 50-60Hz ±10%
– Measurement accuracy: ±1 digit
– Accuracy: ±1 digit
DMK 82
DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1
– Cosphi measurement error: ±0.5° ±1 digit
– Cosphi measurement in 4 quadrants
– Accuracy: ±1° ±1 digit
DMK 83
Control and protection functions
DMK 80 R1
– Voltage loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Time delay for max-min voltage or voltage loss, phase
loss : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 83 R1
DMK 81 R1
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss :
0.0-900.0 seconds.
23
DMK 84
DMK 83 R1
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for min-max frequency :
0.5-900.0 seconds.
DMK 84 R1
DMK 84 R1
– Minimum-maximum cos thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Minimum-maximum PF thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Delay time for max or min threshold :
1-9,000 seconds.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3.
23-26
Dimensions
page 23-35
Independent adjustable delays.
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Technical characteristics
page 23-46
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Modular LED instruments
three phase
non expandable
Order
code
Displayed
measurements
Relay Qty
output per
pkg
Wt
n°
n°
n°
[kg]
3 phase voltage values –
3 phase to phase
1
voltage values
3 max phase voltage
values
3 max phase to phase
voltage values
3 min phase voltage
values
3 min phase to phase
voltage values
1
0.233
1
0.264
3 phase current values –
3 max phase current 1
values
3 min phase current
values
1
0.241
1
0.272
Voltmeter.
DMK 70
DMK 70 R1
DMK 70
DMK 70 R1
Ammeter.
DMK 71
DMK 71 R1
Combined voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter.
DMK 75
DMK 75 R1
DMK 71
DMK 75
DMK 71 R1
DMK 75 R1
3 phase voltage values –
3 phase to phase
1
voltage values
3 phase current values
4 active power values,
phase and total
3 maximum phase
voltage values
3 maximum phase to
phase voltage values
3 maximum phase
current values
4 max active power,
phase and total
3 minimum phase
voltage values
3 minimum phase to
phase voltage values
3 minimum phase
current values
4 min active power,
phase and total
1
0.271
1
0.280
General characteristics
The DMK 7... instruments are available with modular
housing, 3 module size.
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
– HIGH and LOW measurement storage
– 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
DMK...R1 version only
– Terminals: 4mm2
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 on
terminals.
DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1
– Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
– Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
– Frequency measure range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
Control and protection functions
DMK 70 R1
– Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, phase loss,
asymmetry and min-max frequency :
0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 71 R1
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss and
asymmetry : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
Connection also to single phase.
Relay output with control and protection functions.
DMK 75 R1
Voltage
– Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
Current
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
Power
– Rated power: 1-10,000
– Maximum power: OFF/101-200%
– Maximum power instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum power: OFF/10-99%
Frequency
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
power : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3.
Dimensions
page 23-35
Wiring diagrams
page 23-38
Independent adjustable delays.
Technical characteristics
page 23-47
23-27
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments.
Starter kits
Modular LED multimeters
non expandable
47 electric parameters
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMK 50
Basic version,
auxiliary supply
208-240VAC
1
0.398
DMK 51
Version with energy
meters included,
auxiliary supply
208-240VAC
1
0.420
DMK 52
Version with energy meters 1
and RS485 port,
auxiliary supply
208-240VAC
0.420
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMKKIT 51 060
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 60/5A CTs
for Ø22mm/0.87” cable
1
1.020
DMKKIT 51 080
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 80/5A CTs
for Ø22mm/0.87” cable
1
1.020
DMKKIT 51 100
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 100/5A CTs
for Ø22mm/0.87” cable
1
1.020
DMKKIT 51 150
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 150/5A CTs
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable
1
0.810
DMKKIT 51 200
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 200/5A CTs
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable
1
0.810
DMKKIT 51 250
Kit composed of one
DMK 51 multimeter and
three 250/5A CTs
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable
1
8.210
DMK 5...
Starter kits
DMKKIT 51 060
DMKKIT 51 080
DMKKIT 51 100
DMKKIT 51 150
DMKKIT 51 200
DMKKIT 51 250
General characteristics
DMK 5... digital multimeters are available with modular
housing, 6 module size. They monitor and view reliable
readings of electric parameters, even in presence of
critical operating conditions, such as voltages and
currents with high harmonic content and variable
frequency.
The total and partial hour counter feature provides an
interesting feature for electric panels of emergency
generating sets.
The diversified and accurate measurements give the
multimeters valuable technical and cost effective
advantages respect to traditional analog instrumentation.
The digital multimeters DMK 5... view 47 electric
parameters:
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase values
– Power: apparent phase, active and reactive values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– HIGH/LOW: instantaneous minimum and maximum
values of each phase voltage and current, total active
power (W), total reactive power (var) and total
apparent power (VA) values
– Total hours: non-volatile clearable log for DMK 50 only
– Partial hours: non-volatile configurable log for
DMK 50 only
– Active and reactive energy meters for DMK 51 and
DMK 52 only.
Operational characteristics
DMK 50 - DMK 51 - DMK 52
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
• 154-288VAC for DMK 50
• 177-264VAC for DMK 51-DMK 52
– Voltage measurement range:
60-830VAC phase-phase; 30-480VAC phase-neutral
– Current measurement range: 0.05-6A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 1.0-2,000
– Accuracy: Voltage-class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
Current-class 0.5% ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
– Active energy accuracy: Class 2
– Non-volatile total and partial hour counter with
separate clearing; used as maintenance interval with
alarm display in DMK 50 only
– HIGH and LOW value functions to read and log
instantaneous voltage, current and power values
– Delayed automatic resetting of default measurements
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive
fluctuations to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
transformers (CTs) only
– Single, two, three phase with or without neutral
– True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– RS485 serial port,
software compatible for
DMK 52
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 6 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front; IP 20 on
terminals.
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CTs) of starter kits
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Class 1 burden
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for 1
second
– Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): class E
– Faston terminals
– Standard supplied fixing elements
– IEC degree of protection: IP30.
23
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for DMK 5...; UL Listed, for
USA and Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary
Devices - Multimeters for DMK5... types, in the starter
kits as well.
Compliant with standards, IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14 for DMK5…; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
transformers of starter kits.
23-28
Software and accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-35
Wiring diagrams
page 23-39
Technical characteristics
page 23-49
Metering instruments and current transformers
Digital measuring instruments
Modular LED multimeters
non expandable
251 electric parameters
DMK 6...
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
DMK 60
Basic version,
auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC
1
0.290
DMK 61
Version with 1 relay and
1 static programmable
outputs, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
1
0.300
DMK 62
Version with 1 relay and
1
1 static programmable outputs,
and RS485 port, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC
0.320
General characteristics
DMK6... digital multimeters are avaibalble with modular
housing, 6 module size. They comprise excellent
features, superior to devices of the same category
currently on the marketplace. Distorted waveform
conditions, such as very disturbed electric lines having
voltage and currents with high harmonic content and
variable frequency, do not influence the high accuracy
DMK multimeter readouts because of rigorous design in
addition to the use of the latest generation of
microprocessor technology. Measurement of the phase
angle (cos) in addition to power factor, harmonics
analysis and HIGH-LOW-MAX functions are just a few of
those which are difficult to find on higher category
equipment.
DMK 6... digital multimeter can display 251 electric
parameters; a few of these are listed below.
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase and system values
– Power: active, reactive, apparent phase and total values
– Energy: active, reactive import and export values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– cos: angle displacement, i.e. power factor related to
the harmonic fundamental only
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– Harmonics (HARM.): residual and total harmonic
content for each harmonic order up to the 22° per
phase, both for voltage and current values
– HIGH / LOW: maximum / minimum values of phase
voltage and current and W, var and VA power
– Maximum (MAX): maximum current and total active
power values, both calculated on programmable
integration time.
Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC phase-phase
10-480VAC phase-neutral
– VT ratio programming: 1.0-5,000
– Current measurement range: 0.02-6A
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– CT ratio programming: 1.0-2000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. (830V)
Current ±0.35% f.s. (6A)
Frequency and harmonic distortion ±1 digit
– Active energy accuracy: Class 1
– HIGH and LOW value functions to detect and log
instantaneous voltage, current and power values
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive
fluctuations to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration via 2
current transformers only
– Single, two, three phase with or without neutral and
balanced three-phase connection via 1 current
transformer only
– Usage with voltage transformers for voltages >830VAC
– True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order,
class 1 accuracy
– Power factor and cos measurement
– Voltage and current harmonic analysis per phase up
to 22° harmonic order
– Active energy meters (import-export)
– Reactive energy meters (import-export)
software
– RS485 serial port, compatible with
for DMK 62
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 6 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front; IP 20 on
terminals.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601) as Auxiliary Devices Multimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN
61000-6-2, CISPR11/EN55011, UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
Software and accessories
page 23-30
Dimensions
page 23-35
Wiring diagrams
page 23-39
Technical characteristics
page 23-49
23-29
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Communication devices, coves and accessories for measuring instruments
Communication devices
CX 01
Order code
Description
CX 01
USB/optical dongle with
1
PC LOVATO Electric product
connecting cable, for
programming, data download,
diagnostics and firmware
upgrade
0.090
CX 02
Wi-Fi dongle for PC LOVATO 1
Electric product programming,
data download, diagnostics and
cloning
0.090
GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna 1
(800/900/1800/199Mhz) for
EXP1015 expansion module
0.090
CX 03
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
EXP80 00
23
23-30
CX 02
By Wi-Fi connection, compatible LOVATO Electric
products can be viewed on PCs, smartphones and
tablets with no need for cabling.
For dimensions, wiring schemes and technical
characteristics, refer to technical instructions in
Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside
front cover.
CX 03
Accessories
CX 01
The USB/optical dongle, complete with cable, allows the
connection of products compatible with PCs without
having to disconnect the power supply from the electric
panel.
The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 03
Antenna compatible with the major part of worldwide
mobile networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
IEC degree of protection: IP67. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.
CX 02
Protection covers
General characteristics
Communication devices for connection of LOVATO
Electric products to personal computers, smartphones
and tablets.
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
PA 96X48
Front protection cover, IEC IP65
for DMK 0… and DMK 1…
n°
[kg]
1
0.048
31 PA 96X96 Front protection cover, IEC IP54
for DMK 2…, DMK 3… and
DMK 40
1
0.077
Order code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
EXP80 00
Plastic insert for customising
label fixing for DMG 600/610
10
0.005
EXM80 04
Set of sealable terminal covers
for DMG 200/210/300
1
0.020
General characteristics
When a higher front IP protection degree is needed, the
covers can be installed on the corresponding devices
and also provide a sealing feature.
Metering instruments and current transformers
Converter drive, cables, clamp kits and software for measuring instruments
RS232-RS485
converter drive
Order code
Description
4 PX1
RS2322/RS485 converter
drive, opto-isolated,
220-240VAC Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
1
0.600
RS232/RS485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
4 PX1
Connecting cables
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision,
220-240VAC ±10% (110-120VAC supply on request).
Order code
Description
CONNECTING CABLES 51 C…
To connect energy meters and/or multimeters with:
– Personal computers
– Modems
– Bus converters.
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Connecting cables.
51 C2
For PCmultimeter RS232
port, 1.8m/2yd long
1
0.090
51 C4
For PC4 PX1 converter drive, 1
1.8m/2yd long
0.147
51 C5
For analog modemmultimeter 1
RS232 port,
1.8m/2yd long
0.111
51 C9
For 4PX 1 converter
driveanalog modem,
1.8m/2yd long
0.137
51 C4
1
Current clamp kits for DMG M3…. portable devices.
DMG M3 KIT01 Composed by 3 current
clamps 1000/1 and 4 alligator
clip cables for voltage
measurements
DMG M3 KIT...
Software
1
6.900
DMG M3 KIT02 Composed by 1 current
1
clamps 1000/1 and 1 alligator
clip cable for voltage
measurements.
For DMGM3900, if measuring
inputs for neutral-earth/ground
and neutral current are used too
0.860
Order code
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Description
Software.
DMK SW10
DMK SW
Remote control software for
1
PC-DMK 22/32/40/52/62 and
PC-DMG 210/200/600/800/900
having Modbus-RTU and ASCII
protocols, complete with 51 C4
connecting cable
0.246
DMK SW 10
Data-logger software complete 1
with 31 C2 connecting cable.
0.400
Remote control and supervision
Software for PC-DMK / DMG
(as above) having Modbus-RTU
and ASCII protocols, complete
with 51 C4 connecting cable
General characteristics
RS232-RS485 CONVERTER DRIVE
It can interface “slave” devices connected in an RS485
bus with a “master” equipped with RS232 interface port.
When configured appropriately, it can also be used as
RS485 repeater whenever the devices connected to the
bus are many or the maximum distance among the bus
devices is longer than the allowed.
Electrical safety for DMG M3…
(IEC/EN 61010-1 and IEC/EN 61010-2-032)
CURRENT CLAMPS
– 600V category III (industrial and services) with antislip protection and conductor
anti-pinching system
– 300V category IV.
VOLTAGE MEASURING CABLES
– 1000V category III (industrial and services).
DMK SW SOFTWARE
Remote control software for DMK 22, DMK 32, DMK 40,
DMK 52, DMK 62, DMG 210, DMG 300, DMG 700,
DMG 800, DMG 900 and DMG 900T.
This software is capable of controlling a maximum of
250 digital multimeters remotely connected to one RS485
bus.
The DMK SW is subdivided into modules which warrant
simple and easy use:
– Main synoptic page which includes the most important
in-coming data of the various DMK/DMG connected
– Detailed page with data related to the selected
DMK/DMG unit
– Data log which consents to store sampled
measurements on disk (max 128 measurements)
– Events / alarms log with alarm data acquisition of the
various DMKs/DMGs as well as the elaborated analysis
– Trend graphs to control electric parameters status
– Harmonic content analysis bar graph
– Energy count to periodically view energy counters of
the various instruments and monitor energy
consumption.
DMK SW10 SOFTWARE
Data-logger and remote control for DMK 40 and DMG...
with memory modules.
The DMK SW10 includes the data-logger software and
the remote control DMK SW software, two applications
with separate installation.
The data-logger software permits:
– To configure multimeter parameters for data logging
and installation parameters (VT and CT ratio, etc.)
– To view and print acquired data from the multimeter
storage memory in table or trend graph format.
No data-logger configuration or stored data viewing is
obtainable on the unit front
– To download data in ACCESS, EXCEL or TEXT file
– To view all actual electric parameter measurements on
a virtual multimeter display (DMK only)
– To program the multimeter clock-calendar (RTC - Real
Time Clock) to automatically manage daylight saving
time
– To connect directly or via modem with the multimeters.
supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
For dimensions, wiring schemes and technical
characteristics, refer to technical instructions in
Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside front
cover.
23-31
23
Metering instruments and current transformers
Current transformers
Solid-core
Order code
Primary
current
Ipn
Burden
Class Class
0.5
1
Qty Weight
per
pkg
/5 [A]
[VA]
[VA]
n°
[kg]
For Ø22mm/0.9” cable.
DM0T...
DM2T...
DM3T...
DM4T...
DM0T 0050
50
—
1.25
1
0.200
DM0T 0060
60
—
1.5
1
0.200
DM0T 0080
80
—
1.5
1
0.200
DM0T 0100
100
—
1.5
1
0.200
DM0T 0150
150
—
—
1
0.200
300/5A
For Ø23mm/0.9” cable.
For 30x10mm/1.2x0.4”, 25x12.5mm/1x0.5”,
20x15mm/0.8x0.4” busbars.
DM2T 0100
100
—
1.5
1
0.130
DM2T 0150
150
—
1.5
1
0.130
DM2T 0200
200
—
2.5
1
0.130
DM2T 0250
250
—
2.5
1
0.130
DM2T 0300
300
1.5
3
1
0.130
DM2T 0400
400
2
3
1
0.130
For Ø30mm/1.2” cable.
For 40x10mm/1.6x0.4”, 30x20mm/1.2x0.8”,
25x25mm/1x1” busbars.
DM3T 0200
200
—
5
1
0.260
DM3T 0250
250
—
5
1
0.260
DM3T 0300
300
2.5
5
1
0.260
DM3T 0400
400
2.5
5
1
0.260
DM3T 0500
500
2.5
5
1
0.260
DM3T 0600
600
5
10
1
0.260
DM3T 0800
800
5
10
1
0.260
DM3T 1000
1000
5
10
1
0.260
For Ø86mm/3.4” cable.
For 100x30mm/3.9x1.2”, 80x50mm/3.1x2”,
70x60mm/2.8x2.4” busbars.
DM4T 1000
1000
10
20
1
0,700
DM4T 1200
1200
15
30
1
0.700
DM4T 1250
1250
15
30
1
0.760
DM4T 1500
1500
30
30
1
0.760
DM4T 1600
1600
30
30
1
0.800
DM4T 2000
2000
45
45
1
0.840
DM4T 2500
2500
45
45
1
0.900
DM4T 3000
3000
45
45
1
0.900
DM4T 3500
3500
50
50
1
0.900
DM4T 4000
4000
50
50
1
0.900
Order code
Primary
current
Ipn
Burden
Class Class
0.5S
0.5
Qty Weight
per
pkg
/5 [A]
[VA]
n°
[VA]
[kg]
For Ø28mm/1.1” cable.
For 20x10mm/0.8x0.4“ and 30x10mm/1.2x0.4” busbars.
23
DM5T...
Versions with Italian UTF certificates
on request.
DM5T 0060
60
1.5
1.5
1
0.560
DM5T 0080
80
2.5
2.5
1
0.580
DM5T 0100
100
2.5
3.75
1
0.480
DM5T 0150
150
2.5
3.75
1
0.480
DM5T 0200
200
2.5
3.75
1
0.460
DM5T 0250
250
2.5
5
1
0.480
DM5T 0300
300
2.5
5
1
0.480
General characteristics
The DM... series current transformers (CTs) are installed
in electric installations to reduce the line current to a
secondary value of 5A, which is compatible with current
inputs of digital multimeters or protection relays.
These are without primary winding and are used for high
primary current values from 50A upward.
The number of loops of the primary cable does not
modify the accuracy but converts the primary current
value proportional to secondary current.
Consult Customer Service to query about versions with Italian UTF
certificates; see contact details on inside front cover.
S2
L
S1
K
n°=1
300 / 5A
1 loop = 300 / 5A
9
J-2 K
P1
300:n/5A
300:1/5A=300/5A
300/5A
S2
L
n°=2
S1
K
300 / 5A
2 loops = 150 / 5A
9
J-2 K
P1
300:n/5A
300:2/5A=150/5A
300/5A
S2
L
S1
K
9
J-2 K
P1
n°=3
300 / 5A
3 loops = 100 / 5A
300:n/5A
300:3/5A=100/5A
Operational characteristics
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– IEC rated short-time thermal current Ith:
40-60 Ipn for 1 second
– IEC rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5 Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): Class E
– Terminals:
• Faston for DM2T and DM3T types
• Screw for DM0T, DM4T and DM5T types
– Sealable terminal covers for DM0T, DM4T and DM5T
types
– Fixing on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or by screws
(fixing elements standard supplied with the product)
– IEC degree of protection: IP30
– Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature: -25 ... +50°C
• Storage temperature: -40 ... +80°C.
• Relative humidity, non condensing: 90%.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60044-1.
The UTF certificate is required for revenue tax
purposes by Italian authorities when equipment is part
of generating electricity installations (e.g. solar, wind)
and there is electricity exchange with the power grid.
23-32
Dimensions
page 23-35
Metering instruments and current transformers
Current transformers
Split-core
Order code
Primary
current
Ipn
Burden
Class Class
0.5
1
Qty Weight
per
pkg
/5 [A]
[VA]
[VA]
n°
[kg]
For 50x60mm/2x2.4” busbar.
DM1TA...
DM1TA 0250
250
1
2
1
0.900
DM1TA 0300
300
1.5
3
1
0.900
DM1TA 0400
400
1.5
3
1
0.900
DM1TA 0500
500
2.5
5
1
0.900
DM1TA 0600
600
2.5
5
1
0.900
DM1TA 0750
750
3
6
1
0.900
DM1TA 0800
800
3
7.5
1
0.900
DM1TA 1000
1000
5
10
1
0.900
For 80x80mm/3.1x3.1” busbar.
DM2TA...
DM2TA 0250
250
1
2
1
1.050
DM2TA 0300
300
1.5
3
1
1.050
DM2TA 0400
400
1.5
3
1
1.050
DM2TA 0500
500
2.5
5
1
1.050
DM2TA 0600
600
2.5
5
1
1.050
DM2TA 0750
750
3
6
1
1.050
DM2TA 0800
800
3
7.5
1
1.050
DM2TA 1000
1000
5
10
1
1.050
For 80x120mm/3.1x4.7” busbar.
DM3TA 0500
500
—
4
1
1.250
DM3TA 0600
600
—
5
1
1.250
DM3TA 0750
750
2.5
6
1
1.250
DM3TA 0800
800
3
7.5
1
1.250
DM3TA 1000
1000
5
10
1
1.250
DM3TA 1200
1200
6
12.5
1
1.250
DM3TA 1250
1250
7.5
15
1
1.250
DM3TA 1500
1500
8
17
1
1.250
General characteristics
The DM... series current transformers (CTs) are installed
in electric installations to reduce the line current to a
secondary value of 5A, which is compatible with current
inputs of digital multimeters or protection relays.
These are without primary winding and are used for high
primary current values from 250A upward.
Operational characteristics
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– IEC rated short-time thermal current Ith:
40-60 Ipn for 1 second
– IEC rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5 Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): Class E
– Screw terminals
– Sealable terminal covers
– Screw fixing (fixing elements standard supplied with
the product)
– IEC degree of protection: IP30
– Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature: -25 ... +50°C
• Storage temperature: -40 ... +80°C.
• Relative humidity, non condensing: 90%.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60044-1.
For 80x160mm/3.1x6.3” busbar.
DM3TA...
DM4TA 2000
2000
15
20
1
3.160
DM4TA 2500
2500
15
20
1
3.340
DM4TA 3000
3000
20
25
1
3.500
DM4TA 4000
4000
20
25
1
3.760
DM4TA...
23
Dimensions
page 23-35
23-33
Metering instruments and current transformers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
ENERGY METERS
63 (2.48")
43.8 (1.72")
45 (1.77")
63.5 (2.50")
93.4 (3.68")
35.8
(1.41")
45 (1.77")
63.5 (2.50")
11
(0.43")
95 (3.74")
90 (3.54")
5
(0.20")
Expansion modules EXM...
63 (2.48")
43.8 (1.72")
42.7 (1.68")
105.4 (4.15")
90 (3.54")
71.6 (2.82")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
Ø4.2
(0.16")
Ø4.2
(0.16")
MULTIMETERS
DMG 200 - DMG 210 - DMG 300
58 (2.28")
43.7 (1.72")
5
(0.20")
71.6 (2.82")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
104.7 (4.12")
98.3 (3.87")
45 (1.77")
85 (3.35")
5
(0.20")
58 (2.28")
43.7 (1.72")
5
(0.20")
98.3 (3.87")
35.8
(1.41")
59.9 (2.35")
43.8 (1.72")
17.5
(0.69")
Digital meter DME D300 T2... - DME D300 F DME D310 F... - DME D310 T2... - DME D320
Data concentrator DME CD - DME CD PV1...
104.7 (4.12")
Digital meter DME D115 T1 - DME D120 T1...
DME D121 - DME D130
Mechanical meter DME M100...
Digital meter DME D100... - DME D110...
36.4
(1.43")
DMG 700 - DMG 800... - DMG 900... with expansion modules EXP...
92 (3.62")
26.3
(1.03")
96 (3.78")
92 (3.62")
37.3
(1.47”)
92 (3.62")
19
(0.75")
EXP 10...
91.7 (3.61")
54 (2.12")
91.6 (3.61")
24
(0.94")
96 (3.78")
64.5 (2.54”)
96.3 (3.79”)
110 (4.33")
101.3 (3.99")
43.5 (1.71”)
92 (3.62")
28.8
(1.13")
Cutout
90.8 (3.57")
5
(0.20")
DMG 900RD remote display
96 (3.78")
Transducer DMG 900T with expansion modules EXP...
20
(0.79")
92 (3.62")
61.5 (2.42")
EXP 10...
EXP 10...
115 (4.53")
96 (3.78")
19
(0.75")
53.2 (2.09")
92 (3.62")
8.5
(0.33")
99.5 (3.92")
64.5 (2.54")
65 (2.56")
55 (2.16")
96 (3.78")
96 (3.78")
DMG 600 - DMG 610
INSTRUMENTS
DMK 0... - DMK 1...
23
9
(0.35")
92 (3.62")
48 (1.89")
81 (3.19")
45 (1.77")
24
(0.94")
44 (1.73")
MULTIMETERS
DMK 2...
23-34
12
(0.47")
82 (3.23")
6
(0.24")
92 (3.62")
92 (3.62")
96 (3.78")
96 (3.78")
92 (3.62")
92 (3.62")
62 (2.44")
6
(0.24")
96 (3.78")
90 (3.54")
96 (3.78")
DMK 3... - DMK 40
14
(0.55")
90 (3.54")
96 (3.78")
Metering instruments and current transformers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
INSTRUMENTS
DMK 7... - DMK 8...
Multimetri DMK 5... - DMK 6...
58.1 (2.29")
43.8 (1.72")
5
(0.20")
53.5 (2.11")
60 (2.36")
55 (2.16")
105 (4.13")
45 (1.77")
63.5 (2.50")
95 (3.74")
90 (3.54")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
99 (3.90")
105.4 (4.15")
36
1
Ø4.2
(0.16")
DM4T...
104 (4.09")
25
(0.98")
30
(1.18")
40 (1.57")
53 (2.08")
72.5 (2.85")
81.5 (3.19")
62.5 (2.46")
10 (0.39")
20 (0.79")
Ø30 ")
8
(1.1
36.5
(1.44")
56.5 (2.22")
12.5
(0.49")
10
(0.39")
27.5
(1.08")
20
(0.79")
25
(0.79")
30
(1.18")
30
(1.18”)
44 (1.73”)
71 (2.79")
40 (1.57")
DM3T...
46.5 (1.83")
15
(0.59")
3
Ø2 0")
9
(0.
28
(1.10")
66 (2.60”)
2
Ø2 7”)
8
(0.
52 (2.05")
65.5 (2.58")
32
(1.26”)
9.5
(0.37")
DM2T...
Solid core DM0T...
9.5
(0.37")
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
44.5 (1.75")
DM5T...
16.5
(0.65”)
(1
40
(1.18”)
31.5
(1.24”)
74.5 (2.93”)
51 (2.01")
101 (3.98")
121 (4.76")
140 (5.51")
80 (3.15")
109 (4.29")
P2
120 (4.72")
80 (3.15")
S2
32
(1.26")
P2
DM4TA...
68 (2.68")
P2
80 (3.15")
109 (4.29")
32
(1.26")
32
(1.26")
S2
47 (1.85")
184 (7.24")
50 (1.97")
32
(1.26")
P2
32
(1.26")
52 (2.05")
78 (3.07")
P2
144 (5.67")
32
(1.26")
80 (3.15")
S2
142 (5.59")
144 (5.67")
P2
P2
DM3TA...
50 (1.97")
142 (5.59")
50 (1.97")
184 (7.24")
DM2TA...
114 (4.49")
32
(1.26")
Split core DM1TA...
S2
31.5
(1.24”)
98.5 (3.88”)
Ø2
8
.10
”)
21.5
(0.85”)
26
(1.02”)
155 (6.10")
74 (2.91")
31
(1.22")
51 (2.01")
61 (2.40")
71 (2.79")
81 (3.19")
6
Ø8 8")
3
(3.
11
(0.43”)
60 (2.36”)
45 (1.77”)
80 (3.15")
120 (4.72")
175 (6.89")
38
(1.50")
38
(1.50")
160 (6.30")
245 (9.64")
23
32
(1.26")
52 (2.05")
23-35
Metering instruments and current transformers
Wiring diagrams
ENERGY METERS
Mechanical DME M100
DME M100 T1
L
L
230VAC
N
L
230VAC
N
N
L
N
5
640 pulses/kWh
Vce max: 35V
Imax: 20mA
METER
METER
6
L
N
L
LOAD
N
LOAD
Digital DME D100 T1... - DME D110 T1...
N
DME D115 T1 - DME D120 T1... - DME D130
O1- N
N O1+
N
N O1+
L
LINE
LOAD
METER
N
L
L
LINE
220...240VAC
LOAD
L
L
L
V1 V2 V3 VN
N
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I3
L3
I1
L2
Tariff input
100...240VAC
L1
L2
L3
N
I2
L1
DME D310 T2... - DME D310 F...
380-415V (L-L)
220-240V (L-N)
T1 T2
METER
Static
Static
O2
O1
+
L1
L2
–
T1
O1+ O1-
T2
L3
O2+ O2-
Pulse output
30VDC 50mA
Pulse output
30VDC 50mA
LOAD
– +
230V 50Hz (L-N), 400V 50Hz (L-L) DMED... T2 MID / DMED... F.
DME D320
Single phase
Two phase
CT1
L
O
A
D
N
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
N
CT2
CT3
N
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
Data concentrator DME CD - DME CD PV1
Tariff
Input
SG
B
A
TR
T2
T1
A2
A1
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110VDC
Aux
Supply
RS485
I4.2
I3.2
COM4
I4.1
COM3
I3.1
I2.2
COM2
I2.1
I1.2
2 x 4 groups
Insulated inputs
23-36
CT3
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
AUX SUPPLY
COM1
I1.1
23
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
CURRENT
S1 S2
I3
L
O
A
D
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
CURRENT
S1 S2
I3
LOAD
L
L
110-120VAC DMED...A120; 220-240VAC DMED...; 230V 50Hz DMED... T1 MID.
LINE
380-415V (L-L)
220-240V (L-N)
B
METER
L
L
DME D300 T2... - DME D300 F
A
RS485
METER
L
L
O1-
Static
Static
LINE
DME D121
N
N
L
O
A
D
Metering instruments and current transformers
Wiring diagrams
MULTIMETERS DMG 200 - DMG 210 - DMG 300
Two phase
Single phase
CT1
N
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
N
L
O
A
D
CT2
CT3
N
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
L
O
A
D
CT3
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
MULTIMETRI DMG 700 - DMG 800...
Single phase
CT1
12-24-48VDC ❶
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
CT2
CT3
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
DMG 900...
Single phase
L
O
A
D
CT2
N
❶
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
Two phase
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
N
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
AUX SUPPLY
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
VOLTAGE
CT1
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 VN
Two phase
L
O
A
D
N
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
N
❷
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
❷
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
CURRENT
CURRENT
L
O
A
D
CT2
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
CURRENT
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
L
O
A
D
L
O
A
D
CT2
CT3
N
N
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
❶
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
CURRENT
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
❶
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
CURRENT
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
CT3
❷
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
CURRENT
S1 S2
I2
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
L
O
A
D
CT2
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
❷
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
❷
A1 A2 GND
S1 S2
I4
L
O
A
D
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
CURRENT
CURRENT
23
CT1
CT3
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
L
O
A
D
Two phase with neutral. Measurement of
neutral current and neutral-earth voltage
CT1
❶
CT2
CT4
N
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND
V1 V2 V3 VN
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
❷
CT1
L
O
A
D
L
O
A
D
CT2
CT3
CT4
N
12-24-48VDC
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
S1 S2
I3
❷
CURRENT
A1 A2 GND
For DMG 800 D048 only.
Three phase with neutral. Measurement of
neutral current and neutral-earth voltage
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
CURRENT
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
A1 A2 GND
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 V4 VN
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
S1 S2
I4
CURRENT
For DMG 900... D048 only.
23-37
Metering instruments and current transformers
Wiring diagrams
INSTRUMENTS
DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1
L
O
A
D
L
L
O
A
D
L
L/N
1.3
1.1
L/N
1.4
1.5
5A~
METER
METER
1.2
3.2 3.1 3.3
1.1
1.3
3.2 3.1 3.3
1.3
600V~
1.1
1.1
1.4
1.5
1.6
METER
1.1
1.2
DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1
Single phase
L1
L2
L3
N
Three phase
L1
L2
L3
N
L
O
A
D
1.4
1.3
1.2
220...240VAC
L
O
A
D
1.3
1.5 1.6
1.4
600V~
45/65Hz
1.2
1.3
1.6
5A~
METER
1.4
1.1
1.2
5A~
METER
1.1
3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC
For DMK 03 R1 only
1.5 1.6
600V~
5A~
METER
3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC
1.5
L/N
220...240VAC
For DMK 01 R1 only
L
O
A
D
L/N
1.4
L
O
A
D
L
METER
DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1
L
L/N
600V~
1.2
220...240VAC
For DMK 00 R1 only
Ammeter
L
O
A
D
L
1.6
600V~
220...240VAC
DMK 02
Voltmeter
DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1
1.2
3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC
For DMK 04 R1 only
For DMK 04 R1 only
Input for other supply voltages on request.
DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1
L1
L2
L3
N
DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1
L
O
A
D
1.3
1.4
1.5
L1
L2
L3
N
1.3 1.4
1.6
L
O
A
D
1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
1.5 1.6
1.1
3.2 3.1 3.3
L1
L2
L3
N
2.3 2.4
L
O
A
D
1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
5A~
1.1
5A~
METER
3.2 3.1 3.3
1.2
220...240VAC
1.1
1.2
3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC
For DMK 15 R1 only
For DMK 11 R1 only
2.3 2.4
2.1 2.2
600V~
METER
3.2 3.1 3.3
1.2
220...240VAC
For DMK 10 R1 only
2.1 2.2
600V~
METER
METER
DMK 16 - DMK 16 R1
L1
L2
L3
N
5A~
600V~
1.1
1.2
220...240VAC
DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1
L
O
A
D
For DMK 16 R1 only
Input for other supply voltages on request.
DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1
DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1
L
O
A
D
L
L
O
A
D
L
L/N
L
A1
L/N
L/N
S1
5A~
METER
METER
A2
14 12 11
A1
A2
L
L
A1
A1
METER
A1
DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1
Single phase
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
N
600V~
1.3
A1
14 12 11
L1
L2
L3
N
DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1
L
O
A
D
A1
A2
220...240VAC
L3
14 12 11
1.1
I1
N
I2
I3 COM
5A~
METER
METER
14 12 11
A1
A2
220...240VAC
For DMK 70 R1 only
L1
L2
L3
N
L
O
A
D
L1 L2 L3 N
600V~
I1
I2
I3
COM
5A~
METER
14 12 11
For DMK 71 R1 only
A1
A2
220...240VAC
14
13
For DMK 75 R1 only
1.2
220...240VAC
For DMK 84 R1 only
DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1
L
O
A
D
600V~
Input for other supply voltages on request.
23-38
L1
L2
L3
N
1.5 1.6
600V~
5A~
METER
A2
220...240VAC
For DMK 83 R1 only
L2
1.4
5A~
METER
DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1
L1
L
O
A
D
S1 S2
L/N
Input for other supply voltages on request.
23
A2
Three phase
L
O
A
D
L
S2
220...240VAC
45/65Hz
A2
S1
5A~
A2
METER
220...240VAC
L/N
L
S2
220...240VAC
For DMK 81 R1 only
L/N
600V~
S1
L/N
METER
L
O
A
D
L/N
L/N
L
O
A
D
L
600V~
DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1
L
L/N
14 12 11
220...240VAC
For DMK 80 R1 only
Ammeter
L
O
A
D
L
S2
600V~
220...240VAC
DMK 82
Voltmeter
3.2 3.1 3.3
For DMK 84 R1 only
Metering instruments and current transformers
Wiring diagrams
MULTIMETERS DMK2...
Single phase
Two phase
L
O
A
D
CT1
L
N
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
L1
CT2
L2
CT1
L
O
A
D
N
L1
CT2
L2
L
O
A
D
CT3
L3
N
DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
L
N
DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
I1
I2
I3
C
L
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
N
DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
L1 L2 L3 N
I1
I2
I3
C
L
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AUX SUPPLY
N
AUX SUPPLY
L1 L2 L3 N
I1
I2
I3
C
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
L1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
L2
L3
L
N
CT3
L3
DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
L1 L2 L3 N
I1
I2
I3
C
L
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AUX SUPPLY
L
O
A
D
L1
L2
N
AUX SUPPLY
DMK3... - DMK40 - DMK6...
Single phase
L1 L2 L3 N
I1
I2
I3
C
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
Two phase
CT1
L
O
A
D
N
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
N
CT2
CT3
L
O
A
D
N
24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
+ – GND
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
+ – GND
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
DMK 3... - DMK 40
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
+ – GND
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
CURRENT
CURRENT
DMK 3... - DMK 40
DMK 3... - DMK 40
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
CT1
L
O
A
D
CT2
CT3
L
O
A
D
24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
+ – GND
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
+ – GND
L1 L2 L3 N
AUX SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
I2
S1 S2
I3
For DMK 32 D048 only.
CURRENT
CURRENT
DMK 3... - DMK 40
DMK 3... - DMK 40
DMK5...
Single phase
Two phase
Three phase with or without neutral
CT1
CT1
CT1
L1
L
O
A
D
N
L1
CT2
L
O
A
D
L2
-A1
+
A2
AUX SUPPLY
S1 S2
I1
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
S1 S2
I2
I3
-A1
CURRENT
CT3
L3
L
O
A
D
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
V1 V2 V3 VN
CT2
L2
N
N
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
L1
+
A2
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 VN
S1 S2
I1
S1 S2
S1 S2
I2
I3
-A1
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
+
A2
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 VN
S1 S2
I1
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
S1 S2
I2
I3
CURRENT
23
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1
CT1
L1
L
O
A
D
CT2
L2
L3
-A1
+
A2
L2
CT3
L3
L
O
A
D
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110...250VDC
AUX SUPPLY
L1
V1 V2 V3 VN
S1 S2
I1
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
S1 S2
I2
I3
CURRENT
-A1
+
A2
AUX SUPPLY
V1 V2 V3 VN
S1 S2
I1
VOLTAGE
S1 S2
S1 S2
I2
I3
CURRENT
23-39
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Single-phase energy meters
TYPE
DME M100...
DME D100 T1
DME D100 T1 A120
DME D100 T1 MID
DME D110 T1
DME D110 T1 A120
Single phase
mechanical
Single phase
digital
Single phase
digital
Single phase
MID certified
Monofase
digital
Monofase
digital
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Ue
Operating voltage range
Rated frequency
230VAC
220...240VAC
110...120VAC
230VAC
220...240VAC
110...120VAC
184...264VAC
187...264VAC
93...132VAC
187...264VAC
187...264VAC
93...132VAC
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
50/60Hz
60Hz
Maximum power consumption
Maximum power dissipation
<7VA
7VA
−
0.45W
CURRENT
IEC maximum current Imax
32A
40A
IEC minimum current Imin
−
0.25A
IEC rated current Iref/Ib
5A
5A
IEC start current Ist
20mA
20mA
Transition current Itr
−
0.5A
ACCURACY
Active energy (per IEC/EN 62053-21)
Class 1
Class B (per EN 50470-3)
Class 1
Class 1
OUTPUTS
LED rate
640 flashes/kWh
1000 flashes/kWh
Pulse rate
640 pulses/kWh
(Vce=35VImax=20mA)
DME M...T1 only
1000 pulses/kWh
−
30ms
Pulse duration
STATIC OUTPUTS
Pulse rate
−
10 pulses/kWh
1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh
programmable
Pulse duration
−
100ms
External voltage
−
10...30VDC
Maximum current
−
50mA
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui
−
250VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
−
6kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage
−
4kV
SUPPLY/MEASUREMENT CONNECTION CIRCUIT
Type of terminals
Fixed
Fixed
Conductor section min - max
2.5-6mm2
1.5-10mm2 (16-6 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
1.2Nm
1.5Nm (14lbin)
PULSE OUTPUT CONNECTION
Type of terminals
Fixed
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
1-1.5mm2
for DME M100 T1
only
0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.6Nm
0.8Nm (7lbin)
Operating temperature
-25...+55°C
-25...+55°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
-25...+70°C
Relative humidity
−
<80%
Maximum pollution degree
2
2
Overvoltage category
–
III
Mechanical environment
−
−
−
Class M1
−
−
Magnetic environment
−
−
−
Class E1
−
−
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
HOUSING
23
Material
23-40
Polyamide
Polyamide
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Single-phase energy meters
DME D110 T1 MID
DME D115 T1
DME D120 T1
DME D120 T1 A120
DME D120 T1 MID
DME D121
DME D130
Single phase
MID certified
Single phase
digital
Single phase
digital
Single phase
RS485
Single phase
MID certified
Single phase
RS485
Single phase
expandable
230VAC
220...240VAC
220...240VAC
110...120VAC
230VAC
220...240VAC
220...240VAC
187...264VAC
187...264VAC
187...264VAC
93...132VAC
187...264VAC
187...264VAC
187...264VAC
50Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
7VA
7VA
4.8VA
0.45W
0.45W
1.4W
40A
63A
63A
0.25A
0.5A
0.5A
5A
10A
10A
20mA
40mA
40mA
0.5A
1A
1A
Class B (per EN 50470-3)
Class 1
Class B (per EN 50470-3)
Class 1
1000 flashes/kWh
1000 flashes/kWh
1000 flashes/kWh
1000 pulses/kWh
1000 pulses/kWh
1000 pulses/kWh
30ms
30ms
30ms
1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh
programmable
1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh
programmable
–
100ms
100ms
–
10...30VDC
10...30VDC
–
50mA
50mA
–
250VAC
250VAC
250VAC
6kV
6kV
6kV
4kV
4kV
4kV
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
1.5-10mm2 (16-6 AWG)
2.5...16mm2 (14...6AWG stranded;
14...10AWG solid)
2.5...16mm2 (14...6AWG stranded;
14...10AWG solid)
1.5Nm (14lbin)
2Nm (26.5lbin)
2Nm (26.5lbin)
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG)
0.5-4mm2 (20-11AWG)
0.5-4mm2 (20-11AWG)
0.8Nm (7lbin)
1.3Nm (12.1lbin)
1.3Nm (12.1lbin)
-25...+55°C
-25...+55°C
-25...+55°C
-25...+70°C
-25...+70°C
-25...+70°C
<80%
<80%
<80%
2
2
2
III
III
III
Class M1
−
−
−
Class M1
−
−
Class E1
−
−
−
Class E1
−
−
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide
23
23-41
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Three-phase energy meters
TYPE
DME D300 T2
DME D300 T2 MID / F
DME D310 T2
DME D310 T2 MID / F
DME D320
3 phase with neutral
3 phase with neutral
MID certified
3 phase c/w and
w/o neutral
3 phase c/w and
w/o neutral MID certified
3 phase c/w and
w/o neutral
230VAC phase-neutral
400VAC phase-phase
100-240VAC
110-250VDC
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Ue
220-240VAC phase-neutral 230VAC phase-neutral 220-240VAC phase-neutral
380-415VAC phase-phase 400VAC phase-phase 380-415VAC phase-phase
Voltage range
Rated frequency
187-264VAC phase-neutral
323-456VAC phase-phase
50/60Hz
50Hz
85-264VAC
93.5-300VDC
50/60Hz
50Hz
45...66Hz
Maximum power consumption
20VA
2.1VA
4.5VA
Maximum power dissipation
1.35W
0.8W
1.7W
CURRENT
IEC maximum current Imax
63A
5A
5A
IEC minimum current Imin
0.5A
0.05A
0.01A
IEC rated current Iref/Ib
IEC start current Ist
IEC transition current It
10A
5A
––
40mA
0.01A
––
1A
0.25A
––
ACCURACY
Active energy (per IEC/EN 62053-21)
Class 1
Class B (EN50470-3)
Class 1
Class B (EN50470-3)
Class 1
TARIFF CIRCUIT INPUT
Rated voltage Uc
100-240VAC
100-240VAC
––
Voltage range
85-264VAC
85-264VAC
––
Frequency
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
––
Maximum power consumption
0.25VA
0.25VA
––
Maximum power dissipation
0.18W
0.18W
––
LED rate
1000 flashes/kWh
10000 flashes/kWh
––
Pulse rate
1000 pulses/kWh
10000 pulses/kWh
––
30ms
30ms
––
OUTPUTS
Pulse duration
STATIC OUTPUTS
Programmable 1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh
Programmable 0.1-1-10-100 pulses/kWh
––
Pulse duration
100ms for 1-10-100 pulse rates;
60ms for 1000 pulse rate
100ms
––
External voltage
10-30VDC
10-30VDC
––
Pulse rate
Maximum current
50mA
––
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui
250VAC
250VAC
690VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
6kV
6kV
9.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage
4kV
4kV
5.2kV
SUPPLY/MEASURMENT CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Fixed
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
2.5-16mm2 (16-6 AWG)
0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG) for supply/voltage measurement;
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for current measurement
Maximum tightening torque
2Nm (14lbin)
0.8Nm (7lbin)
TARIFF CONTROL CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Fixed
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.49Nm (4.4lbin)
0.8Nm (7lbin)
PULSE OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
Fixed
Fixed
––
Conductor section min-max
0.2-1.3mm2 (24-16AWG)
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
––
Maximum tightening torque
0.15Nm (1.7lbin)
0.44Nm (4lbin)
––
Operating temperature
-25...+55°C
-25...+55°C
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-25...+70°C
-25...+70°C
-30...+80°C
<80% non condensing
<80% non condensing
<90%
Maximum pollution degree
2
2
2
Overvoltage capacity
III
III
III
Type of terminals
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
23
Relative humidity
Mechanical environment
––
Class M1
––
Class M1
––
Magnetic environment
––
Class E1
––
Class E1
––
HOUSING
Material
23-42
Polyamide
Polyamide
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Data concentrator
TYPE
DME CD
DME CD PV1
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us
100-240VAC/110-250VDC
Operating range
85-264VAC/93.5-300VDC
Rated frequency
50/60Hz
Maximum power consumption
8.8VA
Maximum power dissipation
3.6W
ENERGY METER INPUTS
Number of inputs
8
Input separation
2 for 4 pairs (insulated between each pair 500VRMS)
Type of input
Maximum voltage at inputs
Maximum input current
High input signal
Low input signal
Maximum frequency
Negative (NPN)
15VDC
18mA (15mA typical)
7.6V
2V
2000Hz
TARIFF CONTROL CIRCUIT
Rated voltage Uc
Voltage range
100-240VAC/110VDC
85-264VAC/93.5-140VDC
Frequency
50/60Hz
Maximum power consumption
0.25VA
Maximum power dissipation
0.18W
RS485 SERIAL INTERFACE
Baud rate
Programmable 1200-38400bps
Insulation
1500VAC towards energy meter inputs. Double insulation towards supply and tariff inputs
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui
250VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
6.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage
3.6kV
SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.8Nm (7lbin)
TARIFF INPUT CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.8Nm (7lbin)
RS485 CONNECTION
Type of terminals
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.8Nm (7lbin)
ENERGY METER INPUT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.44Nm (4lbin)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
Relative humidity
<90%
Maximum pollution degree
2
Overvoltage capacity
III
HOUSING
Material
23
Polyamide
23-43
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
LCD multimeters and power analyzers
TYPE
DMG 200
DMG 210 DMG 300
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us
100-240VAC /
110-250VDC
Voltage range
85-264VAC /
93.5-300VDC
Frequency range
45-66Hz
Maximum power consumption
3.5VA
4.5VA
4.2VA
Maximum power dissipation
1.2W
1.7W
1.3W
Microbreaking immunity
50ms
50ms
50ms
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Type of input
Three phase + neutral
Maximum rated voltage Ue
690VAC phase-phase (400VAC phase-neutral)
Measurement range
20-830VAC phase-phase (10-480VAC phase-neutral)
Frequency range
45-66Hz
Method of measurement
True RMS
Method of connection
Single, two, three phase with or without neutral, balanced three phase systems
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie
Measurement range
Method of measurement
Overload capacity
Overload peak
5A
5A
1A / 5A
0.01-6A
0.01-6A
0.01-1.2A / 0.01-6A
True RMS
+20% Ie through external CT with 5A secondary
50A for 1s
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui
690VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
9.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage
5.2kV
SUPPLY CIRCUIT/VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.8Nm (7lbin)
CURRENT MEASUREMENT CIRCUIT AND RS485 CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal
Fixed
Conductor section min-max
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque
0.44Nm (4lbin)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
Relative humidity
<90%
Maximum pollution degree
2
Measurement class
III
Overload capacity
III
HOUSING
Material
RS485 communication port for DMG 210 and DMG 900T only.
For DMG 800 D048, DMG 900 D048 and DMG 900T D048 only.
23
23-44
Polyamide
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
LCD multimeters and power analyzers
DMG 600
DMG 610
DMG 700
DMG 800
100-400VAC
120-250VDC
100-440VAC /
110-250VDC - (12-48VDC)
100-400VAC
120-250VDC
90-484VAC /
93.5-300VDC - (9-70VDC)
45-65Hz
45-66Hz
9.5VA
3.9VA
3.5W
3.4W
50ms
50ms
Three phase + neutral
Three phase + neutral
600VACL-L (300VAC L-N)
690VAC L-L (400VAC L-N)
50-720VAC L-L (30-360 L-N)
DMG 900 T DMG 900
20-830VAC L-L (10-480VAC L-N)
45-66Hz
45-66Hz
45-66Hz e 360-440Hz
True RMS
True RMS
Single, two, three phase c/w or w/o neutral
Single, two, three phase with or without neutral, balanced three phase systems
5A
5A
1A/5A
1A/5A
0.01-6A
0.01-6A
0.01-1.2A / 0.01-6A
0.002-1.2A / 0,01-10A
True RMS
True RMS
–
+20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
–
50A for 1s
600VAC
690VAC
9.5kV
9.5kV
5.2kV
5.2kV
Removable / Plug-in
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
0.5Nm (4.5lbin)
Fixed
Fixed
0.2-1,5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
0.5-4mm2 (26-10 AWG); 0.2-1.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for RS485 0.8Nm (7lbin)
0.8Nm (7lbin)
-20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
<90%
2
III
III
Polyamide
23
23-45
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Measuring instruments
TYPE
DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1
DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1
DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1
DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1
DMK 02
DMK 82
DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1
DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1
DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1
DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
Operating voltage range
0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency
50-60Hz ±10%
Maximum power consumption
3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1)
3.3VA
3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1)
Maximum power dissipation
1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1)
1.5W
1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1)
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Rated voltage Ue
Operating voltage range
Operating voltage range, phase-phase
Rated frequency
Method of measuring
600VAC
––
600VAC
––
15-660VAC
––
15-660VAC
––
600VAC
––
––
––
––
––
15-660VAC (DMK...)
25-660VAC (DMK... R1)
50-60Hz ±10%
––
50-60Hz ±10%
––
50-60Hz ±10%
TRMS
––
TRMS
––
TRMS
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie
––
5A
––
5A
Measuring range
––
0.05-5.75A
––
0.05-5.75A (DMK...)
0.1-5.75A (DMK... R1)
Rated frequency
––
50-60Hz ±10%
––
50-60Hz ±10%
Type of input
––
Shunts connected by
external low voltage CT 5A max
––
Shunts connected by
external low voltage CT
5A max
Type of measuring
––
TRMS
––
TRMS
Overload capacity
––
+20% Ie
––
+20% Ie
FREQUENCY INPUTS
Measuring range and type
––
––
––
15-65Hz ±10% TRMS
––
Voltage range
––
––
––
15-660VAC
––
Input rated voltage
––
––
––
600VAC
––
––
––
––
––
± 1° ±1 digit
±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
––
±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
––
––
––
––
±1 digit
––
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions
cos
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C) voltage
(Relative humidity
current
45 ±15% R.H.)
frequency
––
––
±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
––
––
ADDITIONAL ERRORS
Relative humidity
±1 digit 60-90% R.H..
Temperature
±1 digit -20...+60°C
RELAY OUTPUT FOR DMK... R1 TYPES ONLY
Number and tyoe of contact
1 changeover (SPDT)
Rated voltage
250VAC
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1
designation
8A 250VAC in AC1 / B300
105
Electrical life
30x106
Mechanical life
INSULATION
Rated insulation voltage Ui
600VAC
415VAC
600VAC
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
23
Maximum tightening torque
Conductor section min-max
Fixed (DMK 8...);
Removable (DMK 0...)
0.8Nm (7lbin) for DMK 0... / 0.5Nm (4.5lbin for DMK 8...)
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 0...
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 8...
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material
On specific request.
23-46
Thermoplastic (DMK 0...) / Polyamide (DMK 8...)
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Measuring instruments
TYPE
DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1
DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1
DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1
DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1
DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1
DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1
DMK 16
DMK 16 R1
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
Operating voltage range
0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency
50-60Hz ±10%
Maximum power consumption
3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1)
3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1)
3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1)
3.6VA (DMK...)
3.9VA (DMK... R1)
Maximum power dissipation
1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1)
1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1)
1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1)
1.8W (DMK...)
2.1W (DMK... R1)
600VAC
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Rated voltage Ue
Operating voltage range
phase-phase
600VAC
––
600VAC
phase-neutral
347VAC
––
347VAC
347VAC
phase-phase
15-660VAC
––
35-660VAC
35-660VAC
phase-neutral
Frequency range
Method of measuring
10-382VAC
––
20-382VAC
20-382VAC
50-60Hz ±10%
––
50-60Hz ±10%
50-60Hz ±10%
TRMS
––
TRMS
TRMS
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie
––
5A
5A
5A
Measuring range
––
0.05-6A
0.05-5.75A
0.05-5.75A
50-60Hz ±10%
50-60Hz ±10%
50-60Hz ±10%
Frequency range
––
Type of input
––
Type of measuring
––
TRMS
TRMS
TRMS
Overload capacity
––
+20% Ie
+20% Ie
+20% Ie
±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
––
±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
––
±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
––
––
1% f.s. ±1 digit
1% f.s. ±1 digit
energy
––
––
––
Classe 2
frequency
––
––
±1 digit
±1 digit
1 changeover (SPDT)
1 changeover (SPDT)
1 changeover (SPDT) 1 changeover (SPDT)
250VAC
250VAC
250VAC
250VAC
AC1 8A 250VAC / B300
AC1 8A 250VAC / B300
AC1 8A 250VAC / B300
AC1 8A 250VAC / B300
Shunts connected by
external low voltage CT 5A max
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C) voltage
(Relative humidity
current
45 ±15% R.H.)
power
RELAY OUTPUT FOR DMK... R1 TYPES ONLY
Number and type of contact
Rated voltage
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation
Electrical life
Mechanical life
105
105
105
105
30x106
30x106
30x106
30x106
600VAC
415VAC
600VAC
600VAC
INSULATION
Rated insulation voltage Ui
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Removable (DMK 1...); Fixed (DMK 7...)
Maximum tightening torque
0.5Nm (4.5lbin) for DMK 0...; 0.8Nm (7lbin) for DMK 7...
Conductor section min-max
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 0...
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 7...
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material
Polyamide (DMK 7...) / Thermoplastic (DMK 1...)
On specific request.
One N/O (SPST) contact for DMK 75 R1.
23
23-47
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Multimeters
TYPE
DMK 20 - DMK 21 - DMK 22
DMK 25
Rated supply voltage Us
208-240VAC
12-24VDC from battery
Operating voltage range
154-288VAC for DMK 20
177-264VAC for DMK 21 - DMK 22
9-32VDC
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Frequency
45...65Hz
—
Maximum power consumption
5.5VA (Us=240V) for DMK 20 - DMK 21
6VA (Us=240) for DMK 22
1.1W maximum
Maximum power dissipation
2.5W (Us=240V) for DMK 20 - DMK 21
2.8W (Us=240) for DMK 22
1.1W maximum
20ms
500ms
Immunity time of microbreakings
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Maximum rated voltage Ue
690VAC phase-phase
(400VAC phase-neutral)
Operating voltage range
60-830V phase-phase
(30-480VAC phase-neutral)
Frequency range
45-65Hz
Method of measuring
True RMS value
Measuring input impedance
>1.1M phase-phase and >570k phase-neutral
Method of connections
Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
or balanced three-phase system
Measuring error
±0.25% full scale ±1digit (Class 0.5)
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie
Standard 5A (1A on request)
Measuring range
0.05...6A
Method of measuring
True RMS value
+20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
Overload capacity
Overload peak
50A for 1s
Dynamic peak
125A for 10ms
Power consumption
<0.6W per phase
Measuring error
Class 0.5 ±0.25% f.s. ±1digit
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C
Humidity 45 ±15% R.H.)
voltage
Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
current
Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
active energy
Class 2
frequency
––
harmonic distorsion
––
OUTPUTS
Relay
—
Static
—
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui
690V
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals
Removable
Maximum tightening torque
0.5Nm (4.5lbin)
Conductor section min-max
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+60°C
Storage temperature
-30...+80°C
Relative humidity
MAximum pollution degree
<90%
2
HOUSING
23
Material
For DMK 32D 048 only.
23-48
Self-extinguishing black plastic
Metering instruments and current transformers
Technical characteristics
Multimeters
DMK 30 - DMK 31 - DMK 32
DMK 40
DMK 50 - DMK 51 - DMK 52
DMK 60 - DMK 61 - DMK 62
24-48VDC/100-240VAC/110-250VDC
208-240VAC
100-240VAC/110-250VDC
18-70VDC
85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC
154-288VAC for DMK 50
177-264VAC for DMK 51 - DMK 52
85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC
45-450Hz
45-65Hz
45-450Hz
10VA/4W
5.5VA (Us=240V) for DMK 50 - DMK 51
6VA (Us=240) for DMK 52
10VA/4W
2.5W (Us=240V) for DMK 50 - DMK 51
2.8W (Us=240) for DMK 52
3W for DMK 60
4W for DMK 61 - DMK 62
3W (DMK 30)
4W (DMK 31 - DMK 32)
4W
20ms
690VAC phase-phase (400VAC phase-neutral)
20-830V phase-phase
(10-480VAC phase-neutral)
60-830V phase-phase
(30-480VAC phase-neutral)
20-830V phase-phase
(10-480VAC phase-neutral)
45...65Hz
True RMS value
>1.1M phase-phase and >570k phase-neutral
Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
systems with or without neutral
Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
or balanced three-phase system
Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
systems with or without neutral
Class 0.5 ±0.25% full scale ±1digit
standard 5A (1A on request)
0.02-6A
0.05-6A
0.02-6A
True RMS value
+20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
50A for 1s
125A for 10ms
<0.3VA
<0.6W per phase
<0.3VA
Class 0.5 ±0.25% full scale ±1digit
0.25% f.s. (830V)
0.35% f.s. (6A)
Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
0.25% f.s. (830V)
0.35% f.s. (6A)
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
±1 digit
––
±1 digit
±1 digit
––
±1 digit
5A - 250VAC in AC1 for DMK 31 - DMK 32
—
—
5A - 250VAC in AC1 for DMK 61 - DMK 62
55mA - 60VAC/DC in AC1
for DMK 31 - DMK 32
—
—
55mA - 60VAC/DC in AC1
for DMK 61 - DMK 62
690V
Removable
Fixed
0.5Nm (4.5lbin)
0.45Nm (4lbin)
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
0.2-1.5mm2 (24-16 AWG)
-20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
<90%
2
Self-extinguishing black plastic
Self-extinguishing grey plastic
23
23-49
Page 20-4
MICRO PLCs
• 10 Inputs/Outputs (LRD10...)
• 12 Inputs/Outputs (LRD12...)
• 20 Inputs/Outputs (LRD20...)
• 12VDC, 24VDC, 24VAC or 100-240VAC
power supply
• Relay or transistor outputs.
Page 20-5
ACCESSORIES
• Program backup memory
• Programming and supervision software
• Power supply unit
• HMI operator panel with graphic LCD.
Page 20-4
EXPANSION AND COMMUNICATION MODULES
• 8 digital inputs/outputs
• 24VDC, 24VAC or 100-240VAC power supply
• Analog inputs, 0...10V or 0...20mA
• Analog outputs, 0...10V or 0...20mA
• Relay or transistor outputs
• PT100 temperature sensor inputs
• Modbus®-RTU protocol slave communication
unit.
Page 20-5
STARTER KITS
• Complete kit to begin using micro PLCs
• Each equipped with LRD relay,
programming-supervision software and
USB connecting cable.
20
Micro PLCs
10, 12 and 20 Input-Output base
units
Expansion modules with 4 digital
Inputs and 4 digital Outputs
Expansion modules with analog
Inputs-Outputs
Modbus-RTU communication
module
RS232/USB serial interface port for
PC, HMI operator panel or program
backup memory connection
On-board programming languages:
Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Portuguese and Chinese
PC programming languages:
Italian, English and Spanish.
Micro PLCs
Base modules ..................................................................................................................................................................
Expansion and communication modules..........................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
20 - 4
20 - 4
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 20 - 5
Starter kits .................................................................................................................. 20 - 5
A UTOMATION
AND
C ONTROL
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 20 - 6
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 20 - 6
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 20 - 6
Micro PLCs
MICRO PLC - EXCEPTIONAL
PERFORMANCE!
SYSTEM CONTROL AND SUPERVISION
- Contact status viewing in simple and small screen display
- Faculty to add the micro PLC to systems integrated on data
networks. By using
supervision software, a
multiclient structure can also be managed through Web
interface.
QUICK CONTROL BOARD INSTALLATION
- Fewer number of components
- Less wiring with minor number of connections.
REPETITIVENESS
- Less errors during panel building
- Considerable time saving.
FLEXIBILITY
- Quick correction of abnormal conditions at final testing
- Fast changes on control boards.
FUNCTION BLOCKS AND MEMORY
PROGRAM SIZE
Timer (T)
(delay on/off, recycle, pulsing, ...)
31
Real Time Clock (RTC)
(daily, weekly, monthly and yearly mode)
31
Language
LADDER (contact scheme)
Counter (C)
31
Analog comparator (G)
31
User’s pages (H) - 16 characters - 4 lines
300 lines
FBD (function blocks)
260 blocks
31
Auxiliary relay - Scratchpad (M + N memory types)
Data register (DR)
63 + 63
240
Saving can be in memory storage of:
- Auxiliary relay
- Counter value
- Data register.
FUNCTIONS
20
MULTIPLEXER
PWM OUTPUT
Pulse train generation with
programmable pulse time and
frequency
Selection of 1 of 4 values based
on the combination of two digital signals
HIGH SPEED INPUT
A
B
C
D
B
SHIFT FUNCTION - activation of pulsed outputs in sequence
Out
1
2
Position and speed
detection
PID
20-2
IN:
Heating switch on and required
temperature setting
OUT: Current room temperature
INc: Measured room temperature in an
exact spot
OUTc: Temperature adjusting and
controlling.
3
4
BOOLEAN LOGIC BLOCKS
Output activation based on
a series of digital signals
In 1
In 2
In 3
In 4
...
...
...
...
Out
Micro PLCs
OPERATOR
PANEL
LRX P01
HMI INTERFACE
LRX P01 is an HMI operator panel, used with many types of PLCs or
other intelligent controllers equipped with communication port.
By using the HMI, the values of both PLC inner registers and relay status
can be monitored and changed with the keys or LEDs.
In this way, machinery and equipment functioning results to be simple
and direct.
The LRX SW P01 editor software permits to make dedicated screens by
taking advantage of the graphic display to view bitmaps, bar graphs and
trend lines.
BACKLIGHT 192x64 PIXEL GRAPGIC LCD
Read numerical Static
values
text
Dynamic
text
Read status (bits)
Images
Commands
Display bar graphs and trend lines
Write numerical values
COMMUNICATION MODES
LRX P01 supports Modbus-RTU protocol and different communication modes
can be chosen, such as RS232 and RS485.
Micro PLCs
Micro PLCs
Power
analyzers
Generating set controllers
20
RS232
RS485
Soft starters
Motor drives
Power factor
controllers
Transfer switch
controllers
20-3
Micro PLCs
Base modules
Order
code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
In/Out
General characteristics
FUNCTIONS
– Addition-Subtraction on variables
– Multiplication-Division on variables
– Comparator on variables
– HMI display for parameter viewing and programming
– PWM output
– High speed input (1kHz)
– PID function
– Multiplexer
– Analog ramp
– Register transfer (numerical variables and status)
– Shift function
– Boolean logic blocks
– LRD20R D024 P1 with RS485 port onboard.
Qty Wt
per
pkg
n°
[kg]
1
0.241
Base modules.
LRD10...
LRD12...
LRD12R D024
24VDC
8/4 relay
LRD12T D024
24VDC
8/4 transistor 1
0.220
LRD20R D024
24VDC
12/8 relay
0.360
LRD20R D024 P1 24VDC
12/8 relay
1
0.360
LRD12R A024
24VAC
8/4 relay
1
0.250
LRD20R A024
24VAC
12/8 relay
LRD10R A240
100-240VAC 6/4 relay
LRD20R A240
100-240VAC 12/8 relay
1
0.367
LRD20R D012
12VDC
1
0.252
1
12/8 relay
1
0.368
1
0.242
Operational characteristics
– 8A Ith current relay outputs for AC and DC versions
– 0.3A 24VDC transistor outputs for DC version
– 0-10V analog inputs for DC version
– Version: modular for mounting on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715) or M4x15mm screw fixing
– Type of terminal: Screw
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Inputs/Outputs.
With RS485 onboard.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E300049), as Programmable Controllers.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61131-2, UL508, CSA
C22.2 n°142.
LRD20R D024 P1
Expansion and
communication modules
Order
code
Auxiliary
supply
voltage
In/Out
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Expansion and communication modules.
LRE...
LRE02A D024
24VDC
2 analog outputs 1
0...10V/0...20mA
0.160
LRE04A D024
24VDC
4 analog outputs 1
0...10V/0...20mA
0.160
LRE04P D024
24VDC
4 PT100 temp. 1
sensor inputs
0.160
LRE08R D024 24VDC
4/4relay
1
0.171
LRE08T D024
24VDC
4/4 transistor
1
0.151
LRE08R A024
24VAC
4/4 relay
1
0.180
LRE08R A240
100-240VAC 4/4 relay
1
0.180
LRE P00
Modbus-RTU protocol
communication unit
1
0.134
Inputs/Outputs.
The expansion modules are supplied with connector for base module.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS REFERENCE TABLE
BASE MODULES
20
BASE +
DIGITAL EXPANSIONS
Type
Power supply
Inputs
Outputs
Max I/O
LRD12RD012
12VDC
8 digital + 4 digital/analog
8 relay
20 + 24
LRD12RD024
24VDC
6 digital + 2 digital/analog
4 relay
12 + 24
LRD12TD024
24VDC
6 digital + 2 digital/analog
4 transistor
12 + 24
LRD20RD024
24VDC
8 digital + 4 digital/analog
8 relay
20 + 24
LRD20RD024P1
24VDC
8 digital + 4 digital/analog
8 relay
20 + 24
LRD10RA240
100-240VAC
6 digital
4 relay
10 + 24
LRD20RA240
100-240VAC
12 digital
8 relay
20 + 24
LRD12RA024
24VAC
8 digital
4 relay
12 + 24
LRD20RA024
24VAC
12 digital
8 relay
20 + 24
EXPANSION AND COMMUNICATION MODULES
LRE02AD024
24VDC
––
2 analog
––
LRE04AD024
24VDC
4 analog
––
––
LRE04PD024
24VDC
4 PT100
––
––
LRE08RD024
24VDC
4 digital
4 relay
––
––
LRE08TD024
24VDC
4 digital
4 transistor
LRE08RA240
100-240VAC
4 digital
4 relay
––
LRE08RA024
24VAC
4 digital
4 relay
––
LREP00
24VDC
RS485 Modbus-RTU protocol slave communication unit
Expansion modules supplied at 24VDC.
20-4
Dimensions
page 20-6
Wiring diagrams
page 20-6
Technical characteristics
page 20-7
Micro PLCs
Accessories
Order
code
Description
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Power supply unit and backup memory caracteristics
– The LRX 1V3 D024 power supply produces a
direct-current voltage to power the
base and
expansion modules in circumstances when 24VDC is
not available in the application. The power supply can
also be used to power eventual 24VDC auxiliary
circuits.
– The LRX M00 backup memory allows to save the
user’s program and to simply and quickly transfer it
to the base modules.
Accessories.
LRX M00
Program backup
memory
1
0.011
LRX C00
PC (RS232)-LRD
connecting cable,
1.5m/5ft long
1
0.083
LRX C03
PC (USB)-LRD
connecting cable,
1.5/5ft long
1
0.080
LRX SW
Programming and
supervision software
(CD-ROM)
1
0.057
LRX 1V3 D024
Power supply unit,
1
100-240VAC/24VDC, 1.3A
0.220
LRX D00
User’s manual Italian
edition (paper)
1
0.400
LRX D01
User’s manual English
edition (paper)
1
0.400
LRX D02
User’s manual Spanish
edition (paper)
1
0.400
LRX D03
User’s manual French
edition (paper)
1
0.400
LRX P01
HMI operator panel,
24VDC, RS232, RS485
(Modbus®-RTU Master)
1
0.200
LRX C02
PC-LRX P01 connecting
cable
1
0.180
LRX SW P01
LRX P01 editor software 1
(CD-ROM)
0.057
LRDKIT 12R D024 LRD starter kit complete 1
with LRD12R D024 base
module, LRX SW software
and LRX C03 cable
0.424
LRDKIT 12R A024 LRD starter kit complete 1
with LRD12R A024 base
module, LRX SW software
and LRX C03 cable
0.424
LRDKIT 10R A240 LRD starter kit complete 1
with LRD10R A240 base
module, LRX SW software
and LRX C03 cable
0.424
LRX 1V3 D024
LRX C00
LRX P01
LRX P01 panel general characteristics
– 24VDC power supply
– RS232 communication port:
• Direct connection to
using LRX C00
• Connection to other devices using a standard
D-SUB 9 serial cable
– RS485 communication port
– LRX SW P01 editor software for specific pages and
easy use.
FUNCTIONS
– Send commands
– Read status
– Provide static and dynamic texts
– Write variables
– Read variables:
• Numerical value
• Bar graph
• Trend line.
Programming
At any time and with extreme simplicity,
can be
set up and reprogrammed to satisfy new requirements
and improve the operation of a system.
Programming is simple and intuitive and can be done
directly on the base module keypad or by personal
computer, connected by LRX C00 (RS232) or LRX C03
(USB) interface and using the relative LRX SW software.
With a personal computer, two programming language
locs can be used: FBD (Function Block Diagrams) and
LADDER (contact scheme).
Both of the following can be accomplieshed:
– Simulate the program directly “off-line” on a personal
computer to test if it runs correctly.
– Use the supervision mode to check the project
“on-line”.
There are 8 function keys on front, dedicated to onboard adjustment, control and supervision of digital
input and output status, analog input values, time and
date entry and the operation status of the
itself.
LRX C02
Starter kits
Starter kits.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E300049), as Programmable Controllers for
power supply and HMI units anbd base module of kits.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61131-2, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n°142.
20
Maximum combinations
-
+
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6 A1 A2
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
L
N
AC 100~2 40V
L
N
Run
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Y3
AC 100~2 40V
L
N
Y4
Y1
Y3
AC 100~2 40V
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
L
N
Y4
Y1
Y3
L
N
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
Y4
Base unit
4 inputs
4 inputs
4 inputs
12 inputs
+
8 outputs
+
4 outputs
+
4 outputs
+
4 outputs
• 24 digital inputs (4 configurable as analog 0-10V input)
• 20 digital outputs (relay, transistor or mixed)
• 4 analog inputs for PT100 temperature sensors
Y1
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
L
N
Y1
Y4
Y3
4 PT100
temperature
sensor inputs
L
N
Y4
Y1
Y3
AC 100~2 40V
L
N
Y1
Y4
Y3
AC 100~2 40V
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
AC 100~2 40V
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
Y3
AC 100~2 40V
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
AC 100~2 40V
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y1
X1 X2 X3 X4
In pu t
4x AC
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y2
Y4
Y1
Y2
Y4
Y3
2 outputs,
2 outputs,
4 inputs,
RS485
0-10V or
0-20mA
0-10V or
0-20mA
0-10V or
0-20mA
Modbus-RTU
• 4 analog outputs configurable as 0-10V or 0/4-20mA
• 4 analog inputs configurable as 0-10V or 0/4-20mA
• 1 RS485 slave communication module.
N.B. The sequence of the products given above must be respected for correct operation.
Dimensions
page 20-6
Wiring diagrams
page 20-6
Technical characteristics
page 20-7
20-5
Micro PLCs
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Ø4.5
(0.18”)
165 (6.50”)
85.5 (3.37”)
101.5(4.00”)
5.5
(0.22”)
33
(1.30”)
163.5 (6.44”)
Ø4.5
(0.18”)
Wiring diagrams
BASE MODULES
LRD12R D024
LRD12T D024
24VDC DIGITAL
0...10VDC ANALOG
24VDC
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6
A1 A2
+ –
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL/ANALOG
INPUT
24VDC
24VDC
+ –
LRD12R A024
LRD10R A240
24VDC DIGITAL
0...10VDC ANALOG
24VAC
24VAC
100...240VAC
100...240VAC
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6
A1 A2
L N
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8
L N
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL/ANALOG
INPUT
24VDC
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
TRANSISTOR OUTPUT
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q1
Q4
Q2
Q3
Q4
24VDC
LRD20R D012 - LRD20R D024
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC DIGITAL
0...10VDC ANALOG
RS485
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8
A1 A2 A3 A4
+ –
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8
A1 A2 A3 A4
A B
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL/ANALOG
INPUT
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL/ANALOG
INPUT
24VDC
+ –
LRD20R D024 P1
24VDC DIGITAL
0...10VDC ANALOG
24VDC
RELAY OUTPUT
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
RELAY OUTPUT
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q7
Q8
LRD20R A240
24VAC
24VAC
100...240VAC
100...240VAC
L N
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 IA IB IC
L N
I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 IA IB IC
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
20
Q5
12VDC for LRD20R D012.
LRD20R A024
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
RELAY OUTPUT
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q1
Expansion and communication modules
LRE02A D024
LRE04A D024
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
LRE04P D024
LRE08R D024
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
X1 X2 X3 X4
DIGITAL INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
C1 V1 I1
C1 V1 I1
C2 V2 I2
LRE08T D024
C2 V2 I2
PT100 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C3 V3 I3
LRE08R A024
24VDC
24VDC
24VAC
24VAC
+ –
X1 X2 X3 X4
L N
X1 X2 X3 X4
DIGITAL INPUT
C4 V4 I4
A1 B1 b1
A2 B2 b2
A3 B3 b3
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
A4 B4 b4
LRE08R A240
Accessories
LRX 1V3 D024
100...240VAC 100...240VAC
100...240VAC
24VDC
L N
+ –
L N
X1 X2 X3 X4
LRE P00 - LRX P01
DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
TRANSISTOR OUTPUT
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
24VDC
20-6
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
90 (3.54”)
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
Cutout
179.5 (7.07”)
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
106 (4.17”)
97.9 (3.85”)
90 (3.54”)
Ø4.5
(0.18”)
LRX P01 HMI operator panel
52.3 (2.06”)
44.3 (1.74”)
54.3 (2.14”)
44.3 (1.74”)
87 (3.42”)
5
(0.20”)
72 (2.83”)
60 (2.36”)
5
(0.20”)
38
(1.50”)
8
(0.31”)
Ø4.5
(0.18”)
80 (3.15”)
LRX1V3 D024 power supply unit
106 (4.17”)
90 (3.54”)
98 (3.86”)
126 (4.96”)
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
106 (4.17”)
98 (3.86”)
90 (3.54”)
72 (2.83”)
LRE... expansion/communication module
54.6 (2.15”)
44.3 (1.74”)
5
(0.20”)
106 (4.17”)
LRD20...
54.6 (2.15”)
44.3 (1.74”)
5
(0.20”)
98 (3.86”)
BASE MODULES
LRD10... - LRD12...
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
+ + – –
A B S
24VDC - 1.3A
RS485
Micro PLCs
Technical characteristics
BASE MODULE TYPE
LRD... D012
LRD... D024
LRD... A024
LRD... A240
POWER SUPPLY
IEC rated voltage Ue (frequency range)
Operating limits
Average current consumption
12VDC
24VDC
24VAC (50-60Hz)
100-240VAC (50-60Hz)
10.4-14.4VDC
20.4-28.8VDC
20.4-28.8VAC (47-63Hz)
85-265VAC (47-63Hz)
265mA
125mA (LRD12...)
185mA (LRD20...)
290mA
100mA
100-240VAC (50-60Hz)
DIGITAL INPUTS
12VDC
24VDC
24VAC (50-60Hz)
State 0
< 2.5VDC
< 5VDC
< 6VAC
< 40VAC
State 1
> 7.5VDC
> 15VDC
> 14VAC
> 79VAC
0 to 1
4ms
(0.5ms for high speed)
4ms
(0.5ms for high speed)
90ms
50/45ms (Ue=120VAC) 22/18ms (Ue=240VAC)
1 to 0
4ms
(0.3ms for high speed)
4ms
(0.3ms for high speed)
90ms
50/45ms (Ue=120VAC) 90/85ms (Ue=240VAC)
––
Rated voltage
Input voltage
Delay time
ANALOG INPUTS FOR DC VERSIONS ONLY
Input signal range
0-10V
––
Display resolution
0.01V
––
––
Conversion
12bit
––
––
< 0.17mA
––
––
< 1kΩ
––
––
––
––
Current cunsumption at 10VDC
Input impedance
Admissible overload
14VDC
28VDC
Sampling time
5-20ms (LADDER); 2-10ms (FBD)
Maximum cable length
≤ 30m/98ft of screened type
––
––
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Type of output / IEC rated current Ith
Relay / 8A (LDR...R... / LRE08R... only)
Transistor / 0.3A 24VDC (LRD...T... / LRE08T... only)
Applied voltage
12-240VAC / 12-30VDC (LDR...R... / LRE08R... only)
10-28.8VDC (LRD...T... / LRE08T... only)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature
-20...+55°C
Storage temperature
-40...+70°C
Relative humidity
20-90% without condensation
HOUSING
Version
Connections
Modular for mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or M4x15mm screw fixing
Type of terminal
Screw
Conductor section
0.14-2.5mm2 / 26-14AWG
Tightening torque
0.6Nm / 0.4lbft
Maximum cable length
≤ 100m/328ft
IEC degree of protection
IP20
EXPANSION MODULE TYPE
LRE02A D024
LRE04P D024
POWER SUPPLY
IEC rated voltage Ue
24VDC
24VDC
20.4-28.8VDC
20.4-28.8VDC
2 outputs configurable
for voltage or current
4 inputs for
PT100 temperature sensors
Operating limits
20
ANALOGIC INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Type of channels
Operating limits
Digital output
Resolution
0-10V
0-20mA
-100...+600°C
0.00-10.00V
0.00-20.00mA
-100.0...+600.0°C
40μA
0.1°C
10mV
Accuracy
±2.5%
±1%
Power consumption
70mA
70mA
20-7
Page 1-2
SM1A
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 9-32A
(5 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA
• Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 58mm/2.3in deep.
Page 1-2
SM1C
• Same characteristics per SM1B breaker
• Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 45mm/1.8in deep.
Page 1-3
SM3A
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 45-100A
(4 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA.
Page 1-2
SM1B
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 0.1-32A
(15 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 100kA (ranges 0.1-10A)
– 25kA (ranges 9-32A)
• Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 58mm/2.3in deep.
Page 1-3
SM2A
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 28-50A
(3 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA.
Page 1-10
LMS25
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 0.1-25A
(13 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 100kA (ranges 0.1-6.3A)
– 6kA (ranges 6.3-10A)
– 4kA (ranges 10-25A)
• Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 45mm/1.8in deep.
1
MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Wide adjustment range
0.1 to 100A
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA
(400V) up to 100A
Suitable for isolation
Comprehensive line of accessories
Front mount contacts
Automatic trip indicators
High reliability and accuracy of
tripping.
Short-circuit tripping indicator, standard supplied
on all circuit breakers, type SM1.
Reset the indicator, as illustrated, to restore the
breaker.
-
2
3
4
8
10
11
1 - 12
1 - 15
1 - 16
P ROTECTION
Dimensions .................................................................................................................
Wiring diagrams ...........................................................................................................
Technical characteristics .................................................................................................
1
1
1
1
1
1
AND
Breakers SM1A, SM1B and SM1C ......................................................................................................................................
Breakers SM2A and SM3A .................................................................................................................................................
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1A, SM1B and SM1C ...............................................................................................
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A ..........................................................................................................
Starters LMS25 .................................................................................................................................................................
Add-on blocks and accessories for LMS25 .........................................................................................................................
SEC. - PAGE
M OTOR C ONTROL
Motor protection circuit breakers
Motor protection circuit breakers
With thermal and magnetic trip releases
1
Motor protection circuit
breakers SM1 up to 32A
Order
code
11 SM1B...
11 SM1C...
L
Short circuit Qty
breaking
per
capacity
pkg
at 400V
Icu
Ics
Wt
General characteristics
The SM1 is a modern series of circuit breakers with
thermal and magnetic trip releases and high breaking
capacity. Motor control and protection, up to 15kW at
400V/20HP 480V/30HP 600V, are possible by choosing
the suitable adjustment range, 0.1 to 32A.
A magnetic trip indicator integrated on the SM1 breakers
avoids dangerous closing operations during short-circuit
conditions, previously disconnected by the breaker.
The SM1 types are suitable for isolation according to
IEC/EN 60947 standards.
Their high breaking capacity consents to exclude
protection fuses on the majority of the installations.
[A]
[kA] [kA] n°
[kg]
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V.
11 SM1A 40
9-14
50
25
5
0.352
11 SM1A 44
13-18
50
25
5
0.352
11 SM1A 48
17-23
50
25
5
0.352
11 SM1A 52
20-25
50
25
5
0.352
11 SM1A 56
24-32
50
25
5
0.352
IEC breaking capacity Icu 100kA (0.1-10A) / 25kA (9-32A) at 400V.
11 SM1B 00
0.1-0.16
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 04
0.16-0.25 100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 08
0.25-0.4
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 12
0.4-0.63
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 16
0.63-1
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 20
1-1.6
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1B 24
1.6-2.5
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1B 28
2.5-4
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1B 32
4-6.5
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1B 36
6.3-10
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1B 40
9-14
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1B 44
13-18
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1B 48
17-23
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1B 52
20-25
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1B 56
24-32
25
12.5 5
0.352
IEC breaking capacity Icu100kA (0.1-10A) / 25kA (9-32A) at 400V.
Suitable for mounting in modular consumer switchboards .
11 SM1C 00
0.1-0.16
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1C 04
0.16-0.25 100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1C 08
0.25-0.4
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1C 12
0.4-0.63
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1C 16
0.63-1
100
100 5
0.278
11 SM1C 20
1-1.6
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1C 24
1.6-2.5
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1C 28
2.5-4
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1C 32
4-6.5
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1C 36
6.3-10
100
100 5
0.352
11 SM1C 40
9-14
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1C 44
13-18
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1C 48
17-23
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1C 52
20-25
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1C 56
24-32
25
12.5 5
0.352
11 SM1A...
to
va
Lo
Thermal
trip
adjustment
range
T
TES
Operational characteristics
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
– IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
– IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Maximum rated current: 32A
– Number of adjustment ranges:
SM1A: 5 (9 to 32A)
SM1B: 15 (0.1 to 32A)
SM1C: 15 (0.1 to 32A)
– IEC breaking capacity: see page 1-17
– Power dissipation: 2.2-9.7W
– Magnetic tripping: 12In max
– IEC thermal tripping class: 10A
– Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
– Mechanical life: 100,000 cycles
– Electrical life: 100,000 cycles
– Mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
– Mounting position: Any
– IEC utilisation category: A
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; and UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93602); CCC for some SM1B types
only (consult Customer Service for details; see contact
details on inside front cover).
See UL/CSA details under NOTE on the bottom left side.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
2.3Nm/20lbin
max
1Nm/9lbin
max
®
ov
ato
TES
T
1Nm/9lbin
max
NOTE: When more than one breaker are mounted, side by side, without
leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip
adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% higher than the rated motor
current.
The SM1C version permits mounting in enclosures and modular
consumer switchboards with minimum depth of at least 45mm between
the DIN rail and the opening. See page 1-12 for exact breaker dimensions.
No front-mount auxiliary contacts 11 SMX11... can be used.
Maximum UL/CSA horsepower rating
Type
Thermal
adjustment range [A]
120V
480V
600V
[A]
SM1…00
0.1-0.16
––
––
––
––
––
––
0.16
SM1…04
0.16-0.25
––
––
––
––
––
––
0.25
SM1…08
0.25-0.4
––
––
––
––
––
––
0.4
SM1…12
0.4-0.63
––
––
––
––
––
––
0.63
1 Phase [HP] General use
at 600V (FLA)
3 Phase [HP]
230V 200-208V 230V
SM1…16
0.63-1
––
––
––
––
1
1
/2
1
SM1…20
1-1.6
––
1
––
––
3
/4
1
1.6
NOTE:
All data mentioned is valid for 11SM1A, 11SM1B
and 11SM1C types; UL Listed in USA and Canada
as “manual motor controller suitable as motor
disconnect”, delivering not more than 5000rms
symmetrical amperes, 600VAC, and use with class J
fuses only. Trip current is 120%.
SM1…24
1.6-2.5
––
1
/6
1
1
1
11/2
2.5
1
3
3
/4
2
3
4
1
11/2
3
5
6.5
SM1…44
The appropriate thermal trip range of the
controller should be selected on the basis of the
motor nameplate full-load current since the
horsepower ratings given are for indication and
reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on
wiring the three poles in series; see wiring
scheme on page 1-15.
1-2
Add-on blocks/Accessories
pages 1-4 to 7
SM1…28
2.5-4
1
SM1…32
4-6.5
1
SM1…36
6.3-10
SM1…40
9-14
/8
/10
/3
/2
/4
/2
/2
/2
11/2
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
3
/4
2
3
3
10
10
14
13-18
1
3
5
5
10
15
18
SM1…48
17-23
11/2
3
5
71/2
15
20
23
SM1…52
20-25
2
3
5
71/2
15
20
25
SM1…56
24-32
2
5
10
10
20
30
32
/4
/2
Dimensions
pages 1-12 and 13
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Technical characteristics
pages 1-16 and 17
Motor protection circuit breakers
With thermal and magnetic trip releases
Motor protection circuit
breakers SM2A - SM3A
up to 100A
Order
code
Thermal
trip
adjustment
range
Short circuit Qty
breaking
per
capacity (IEC) pkg
at 400V
Icu
Ics
Wt
[A]
[kA]
[kA] n°
[kg]
General characteristics
The SM2A and SM3A types are circuit breakers with a
wide adjustment range, 28 to 100A, in only two frame
sizes enabling motor control and protection up to 45kW
at 400V/75HP 480V/100HP 600V.
A magnetic trip indicator and padlockable operating
handle are integrated on the SM2A and SM3A breakers.
Both are suitable for isolation according to IEC/EN 60947
standards.
Their high breaking capacity consents to exclude
protection fuses on the majority of the installations.
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V.
11 SM2A 68
28-40
50
25
1
1.040
11 SM2A 72
36-45
50
25
1
1.040
11 SM2A 76
40-50
50
25
1
1.040
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V.
11 SM3A 84
45-63
50
25
1
2.266
11 SM3A 88
57-75
50
25
1
2.266
11 SM3A 92
70-90
50
25
1
2.266
11 SM3A 96
80-100
50
25
1
2.266
Operational characteristics
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
– IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
– IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Maximum rated current: 50A (SM2A) and 100A (SM3A)
– Number of adjustment ranges:
SM2A: 3 (28 to 50A)
SM3A: 4 (45 to 100A)
– IEC breaking capacity: See table on page 1-17
– Power dissipation:
SM2A: 7.1-20W
SM3A: 10-38W
– Magnetic tripping: 13In max
– IEC thermal tripping class: 10
– Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
– Life (cycles):
Mechanical Electrical (Ie AC3)
SM2A 50,000
25,000
SM3A 50,000
25,000
– Mounting:
SM2A - Screw fixing or on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715)
SM3A - Screw fixing or on DIN rail 35mm
(IEC/EN 60715) or 75mm (IEC/EN 60715)
– Mounting position: Any
– IEC utilisation category: A
– IEC degree of protection: IP00.
11 SM2A...
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E155982); CSA certified (File 73212).
See UL/CSA details under NOTE below bottom table.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
11 SM3A...
NOTE: When more than one breaker are mounted, side by side, without
leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip
adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% greater than the rated
motor current.
Maximum UL/CSA horsepower rating
1 Phase [HP]
(not mentioned
by UL/CSA)
Type
Thermal
adjustment range FLA
max at
600V
[A]
120V
SM2A 68
28-40A
3
71/2
SM2A 72
36-45A
5
71/2
15
15
30
40
45
175
SM2A 76
40-50A
5
10
15
20
40
50
50
200
SM3A 84
45-63A
5
15
20
25
50
60
63
250
SM3A 88
57-75A
71/2
15
25
25
60
75
75
300
SM3A 92
70-90A
10
20
30
30
75
100
90
350
SM3A 96
80-100A
10
20
40
40
75
100
100
400
3 Phase [HP]
230V 200-208V 230V
15
15
Max
Fuse /
CB
480V
600V
[A]
[A]
30
40
40
150
NOTE:
For SM2A types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 25kA 600V; max fuse / CB (see table).
Suitable for group installation.
CSA: Maximum fuse / CB 350A. UL: SPCD according NEC; suitable as motor disconnect 600Y/347V.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V, 25kA 600Y/347V. Maximum fuse / CB 500A. Trip amps 125%.
For SM3A84 and SM3A88 types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 30kA 600V; max fuse /
CB (see table). Suitable for group installation.
CSA: Maximum fuse / CB 500A. UL: SPCD according NEC; suitable as motor disconnect 600Y/347V.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V, 30kA 600Y/347V. Maximum fuse / CB 1200A. Trip amps 125% .
For SM3A92 and SM3A96 types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 10kA 600V; max fuse /
CB (see table). Suitable for group installation.
CSA: Maximum fuse / CB 500A. UL: SPCD according NEC; suitable as motor disconnect 480Y/277V.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V. Maximum fuse / CB 1200A. Trip amps 125%.
Add-on blocks/Accessories
pages 1-8 and 9
The appropriate thermal trip range of the controller should be selected on the basis of the motor nameplate full-load current since the horsepower ratings
given are for indication and reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on wiring the three poles in series; see wiring scheme on page 1-15.
Dimensions
page 1-14
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Technical characteristics
pages 1-16 and 17
1-3
1
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1 types
Order code
1
Characteristics
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Add-on auxiliary contacts.
11 SMX11...
11 SMX12...
11 SMX11 20 Front mount 2NO
10
0.013
11 SMX11 11 Front mount 1NO+1NC
10
0.013
11 SMX12 11
Side mount 1NO+1NC
10
0.045
11 SMX12 02
Side mount 2NC
10
0.045
11 SMX12 20
Side mount 2NO
10
0.045
11 SMX13 11
Side-mount indicator
contacts for thermal and
magnetic tripping
1NO+1NC
10
0.045
Undervoltage trip releases.
11 SMX13 11
11 SMX14 BC
110VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.125
11 SMX14 CL
230VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.125
11 SMX14 EA
400VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.125
11 SMX15 CL
230VAC 50/60Hz
with early-make contacts
5
0.140
11 SMX15 EA
400VAC 50/60Hz
with early-make contacts
5
0.140
11 SMX14...
General and operational characteristics
ADD-ON AUXILIARY BLOCKS
– Snap on to the front or the right side of the breaker
– Maximum combination: 3 SMX... blocks with
6 auxiliary contacts in total of which 2 on front (SM1C
excluded) and 4 on the side
(2 normal contacts and 2 indicators)
– IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith:
6A (2.5A for SMX11...)
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V (250V for
SMX11...)
– UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation:
C600 Q600 (C300 R300 for SMX11...)
– Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5 mm2 or 18/14 AWG
– Width of side-mount auxiliary contacts equal to 0.5
standard DIN 46880 module.
UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP RELEASE
– Connectable to the left side of the breaker
– Consumption in-rush/holding: 12/3.5VA
– Drop-out voltage: 0.35-0.7Us
– Pick-up voltage: 0.85-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
Shunt trip releases.
11 SMX16 AF
24VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.124
11 SMX16 BC
110VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.124
11 SMX16 CL
230VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.124
11 SMX16 EA
400VAC 50/60Hz
5
0.124
1
0.049
Padlockable attachment for operating lever.
11 SMX18 10
3 padlocks max Ø 5mm
Adjuster sealing kit.
11 SMX18 12
For all types
1
0.006
Padlockable door coupling handle.
11 SMX15...
11 SMX16...
11 SMX18 14
3 padlocks maximum
IP65. Red/yellow
1
0.720
11 SMX18 15
3 padlocks maximum
IP65. Black
1
0.760
10
0.048
For unused busbar terminals 10
0.005
Terminal block for busbar supply.
11 SMX90 30
For all types
Safety cover.
11 SMX90 31
Three-phase connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing.
11 SMX18 10
11 SMX90 30
11 SMX90 3...
11 SMX90 4...
11 SMX90 31
11 SMX90 32
For 2 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.027
11 SMX90 33
For 3 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.050
11 SMX90 34
For 4 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.071
11 SMX90 35
For 5 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.092
SHUNT TRIP RELEASE
– Connectable to the left side of the breaker
– In-rush consumption: 20VA
– Operating limits: 0.7-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
TERMINAL BLOCK FOR BUSBAR SUPPLY
– Imax 63A
– Maximum tightening torque: 2.3Nm/20lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum:
4-25mm2 or 10/4 AWG.
THREE-PHASE CONNECTION BUSBAR
– Imax 63A
– SMX90 3... 45mm/1.77” spacing to reduce the width
to the minimum
– SMX90 4... 54mm/2.13” spacing to consent to fit one
side-mount auxiliary contact block on the breaker.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed, for USA
and Canada (cULus - File E93602), under motor
controllers, for auxiliary contacts, releases and
padlockable attachment of operating lever; CCC for
SMX12... and SMX13 11 auxiliary contacts.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Three-phase connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing.
11 SMX90 42
For 2 breakers complete with 10
side-mount contacts
0.031
11 SMX90 43
For 3 breakers complete with 10
side-mount contacts
0.056
11 SMX90 44
For 4 breakers complete with 10
side-mount contacts
0.081
11 SMX90 45
For 5 breakers complete with 10
side-mount contacts
0.081
Not suitable for fixing on SM1C types.
Tripping is indicated by flag indicator on front.
1-4
Dimensions
pages 1-12 and 13
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1 types
Order code
Characteristics
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Rigid SM1 breaker-contactor connections.
11 SMX90 03
SMX31 41
SMX31 42
SMX32 41
11 SMX90 03
For SM1 breaker with BG
mini-contactor.
10
0.025
SMX31 41
For SM1 breaker with
BF09A-BF25A contactor.
Complete with cover
10
0.044
SMX31 42
For SM1 breaker with
BF09D-BF25D and
BF09L-BF25L contactor.
Complete with cover
10
0.046
SMX32 41
For SM1 breaker with
BF26A-BF38A contactor.
Complete with cover
10
0.050
11 SMX90 10
Adapter plate for
direct-on-line starter (SM1
breaker and BG or
BF09A-BF38A contactors)
1
0.058
11 SMX90 12
Adapter plate for reversing
contactor assembly (SM1
breaker and BG or
BF09A-BF38A contactors)
1
0.095
11 SMX90 14
Adapter plate for star-delta
starter (SM1 breaker and
45mm/1.77” wide
contactors BF09A-BF38A)
1
0.118
11 SMX90 18
35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715) for cable
bypass of contactor used
with SMX90 14 plate
1
0.025
11 SMX90 19
35mm DIN rail extension
1
0.025
Adapter plates.
11 SMX90 10
11 SMX90 12
Surface mount enclosures.
11 SMX17 10
IP40. 100mm/4” wide
1
0.404
11 SMX17 11 IP40. 85mm/3.3” wide
1
0.358
1
0.341
11 SMX17 30 IP65. Grey-black.
For SMX17 10 and
SMX17 20 enclosures
1
0.110
11 SMX17 35 IP65. Red-yellow.
For SMX17 10 and
SMX17 20 enclosures
1
0.142
10
0.174
10
0.035
10
0.026
Flush mount enclosure.
11 SMX17 20
11 SMX90 14
IP40. 122mm/4.8” wide,
103x144mm/4.05x5.67”
cutout
ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES.
Padlockable rotary actuator.
General and operational characteristics
SM1 - CONTACTOR CONNECTION
The SMX90 03, SMX31... and SMX32 41 rigid
connections electrically and mechanically fasten
the breaker together with the contactor forming a
single-unit starter for quick installation on 35mm
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715).
1
STARTER ASSEMBLY ADAPTER PLATES
The elements consent to preassemble starters and to
form trim and compact single-unit equipment for quick
and easy installation.
The starter adapter plates install on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715).
SURFACE MOUNT ENCLOSURE
– Top or bottom entry:
• PG16 threaded knockouts for SMX17 10
• 22.5mm/0.88” knockouts for SMX17 11
– Rear entry:
• 22.5mm/0.88” knockouts
– Holds a SM1 breaker equipped with one side-mount
contact block, one front-mount block (except for
SM1C) and either one shunt or undervoltage release
– Earth/ground terminal included
– Operating temperature: -5...+40°C
– Storage temperature: -50...+80°C.
FLUSH MOUNT ENCLOSURE
– Use with breaker, complete with 1 front-mount (except
for SM1C) and 1 side-mount blocks and one shunt or
undervoltage release
– Earth/ground terminal included
– 103x144mm/4.05x5.67” cutout
– Operating temperature: -5...+40°C
– Storage temperature: -50...+80°C.
ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES
PADLOCKABLE ROTARY ACTUATOR:
– Suitable for SMX17 10 or SMX17 20 type only
– Raises the degree of protection of the enclosure
to IEC IP65
– 3 padlocks maximum.
ACTUATOR WITH EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON:
– Suitable for SMX17 11 only
– Raises the degree of protection of the enclosure to
IEC IP65.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all SMX... types and pilot
lights; UL Listed for USA and Canada (cULus File E93602), under motor controllers, for SMX90 03,
SMX31 41 and SMX32 41 connections.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Actuator with emergency stop button.
11 SMX17 10
11 SMX17 11
11 SMX17 20
11 SMX17 40 IP65. For SMX17 11
enclosure
IP65 membrane complete with rim.
11 SMX17 45
For SMX17 11 enclosure
Neutral connection.
11 SMX17 50
For SMX17 10 and
SMX17 20 enclosures only
Pilot light.
11 SMX17 35
11 SMX17 40
23 NEONVV
Green
10
0.006
23 NEONRV
Red
10
0.006
50
0.002
Marking elements.
BFX30
Blank label for writing
To obtain IP65 degree of protection, mount the 11 SMX17 45 membrane.
The device obtained with this actuator is not suitable for isolation per
IEC/EN 60947-2 standards.
Complete with required voltage. Available voltages:
– AC 50/60Hz 24/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380) VAC.
11 SMX17 45
Dimensions
pages 1-12 and 13
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
1-5
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1 types
Combinations
Front-mount contacts
1
Side-mount contacts
Undervoltage trip release
Shunt trip release
Side-mount contacts
Undervoltage trip release with auxiliary
contacts
®
TEST
SMX14...
SMX16...
SMX15
SMX1311
SMX12...
SMX1311
SMX12...
SMX11...
Not suitable for use with SM1C type.
Only one add-on block can be fixed on the left side of the breaker.
One of the following combinations can be mounted on the right side of the breaker:
– One each of SMX13 11 and SMX12...
or one only SMX13 11
or one only SMX12 ...
Three-phase connection busbars
SMX90 35
SMX90 30
SMX90 31
SMX90 34
ST
TE
®
SMX90 33
SMX90 32
ST
TE
Three-phase connection busbar,
45mm/1.77” spacing (breakers
without add-on blocks)
®
T
ES
T
®
T
ES
T
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
SMX90 45
SMX90 31
SMX90 30
SMX90 44
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
SMX90 43
®
ST
TE
SMX90 42
®
ST
TE
®
T
S
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
®
ST
TE
ST
TE
®
1-6
Dimensions
pages 1-12 and 13
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Three-phase connection
busbar, 54mm/2.13”
spacing (breakers with
add-on blocks)
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1 types
Combinations
Rigid breaker-contactor connection and protection cover
1
ST
ST
TE
TE
SM1...
®
ST
TE
SM1...
SM1...
SMX32 41
SMX31 41
SMX31 42
SMX90 03
BG...
BF09-BF25
Padlockable attachment Adjuster sealing kit
for operating lever
BF26A-BF38A
Padlockable door coupling handle
SMX18 14
SMX18 15
®
®
SMX18 12
SMX18 10
Surface mount enclosure SMX17 10 or SMX17 11
Surface mount enclosure SMX17 11 complete with
emergency stop button SMX17 40.
SMX12...
®
TEST
®
SMX13 11
SMX17 40
SMX15...
SMX11...
SMX16...
SMX14...
Flush mount enclosure SMX17 20
SMX17 11
®
For BF09A-BF25A contactors.
For BF09D-BF25D and BF09L-BF25L contactors.
One only add-on block can be mounted on each
side of the breaker.
Dimensions
pages 1-12 and 13
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
1-7
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A types
Order code
1
Characteristics
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
10
0.016
Add-on auxiliary contacts.
11 SMX20 11
11 SMX21 11
11 SMX20 11
Front mount 1 changeover
(SPDT)
11 SMX21 11
Front mount 1NO+1NC
10
0.018
11 SMX22 02
Side mount 2NC
2
0.046
11 SMX22 11
Side mount 1NO+1NC
2
0.046
11 SMX22 20
Side mount 2NO
2
0.046
11 SMX23 11
Side-mount indicator
1
contacts (1NO+1NC) for
thermal trip and (1NO+1NC)
for magnetic trip 0.092
Undervoltage trip releases.
11 SMX22...
11 SMX24 BC
110VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.136
11 SMX24 CL
230VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.136
11 SMX24 EA
400VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.136
11 SMX25 CL
230VAC (50/60Hz)
with early-make contacts
1
0.136
11 SMX25 EA
400VAC (50/60Hz)
with early-make contacts
1
0.136
Shunt trip releases.
11 SMX23 11
11 SMX26 AF
24VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.132
11 SMX26 BC
110VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.132
11 SMX26 CL
230VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.132
11 SMX26 EA
400VAC 50/60Hz
1
0.132
11 SMX28 05
IP65. 3 padlocks maximum. 1
Black colour
0.102
11 SMX28 10
IP65. 3 padlocks maximum. 1
Red-yellow colour
0.110
Padlockable door coupling rotary actuator.
See diagram on p. 1-16 for the exact operation.
General and operational characteristics
ADD-ON AUXILIARY BLOCKS
– Insert on the top front or snap on the left side of the
breaker
– Maximum combination: 4 SMX... blocks with
8 auxiliary contacts in total of which 2 on front and 6
on the sides (2 normal contacts and 4 indicators)
– IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith:
10A (2.5A for SMX21 11)
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui:
690V (250V for SMX20... and SMX21...)
– UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation:
A600 Q300 (C300 R300 for SMX20... and SMX21...)
– Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP RELEASE
– Snap on to the right side of the breaker
– Consumption inrush/holding: 20.2/7.2 VA; 13/2.4 W
– Drop-out voltage: 0.35-0.7Us
– Pick-up voltage: 0.85-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
SHUNT TRIP RELEASE
– Snap on to the right side of the breaker
– In-rush consumption: 20.2VA; 13W
– Operating voltage: 0.7-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed, for USA
and Canada (cULus - File E93601), and CSA Certified
(File 703212), as Auxiliary Devices, for auxiliary contacts
and releases.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
11 SMX24...
11 SMX25...
11 SMX26...
1-8
Dimensions
page 1-14
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A types
Combinations
1
SMX24...
SMX25...
SMX26...
LL
ato
ov
SMX23 11
SMX22...
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
Padlockable door coupling rotary actuator SMX28 05 - SMX28 10
max.
max
8mm
ø 8Ømm
Minimum 75mm distance from door edge
(hinge side) for correct operation of door
shaft mechanism. See page 1-14 for more
details.
Dimensions
page 1-14
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
1-9
Motor protection circuit breakers
Manual motor starters
1
Manual motor starter
LMS25 up to 25A
Order code
Thermal
trip
adjustment
range
Short circuit Qty
breaking
per
capacity (IEC) pkg
at 400V
Icu
Ics
Wt
[A]
[kA]
[kg]
[kA] n°
General characteristics
The LMS25 manual motor starter is particularly suitable for
controlling small operating machines.
Releases and auxiliary contacts make it also suitable for
more complex uses.
The LMS25 manual motor starter is suitable for isolation
according to IEC/EN 60947 standards.
Wall and flush-mount enclosures allow to install the LMS25
starter in the most disparate environmental conditions (dust,
humidity, aggressive environmental agents, etc.).
IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V: 100kA (0.1-6.3A) /
6kA (6.3-10A) / 4kA (10-25A).
11 LMS 25...
11 LMS25 016T
0.1 - 0.16
100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 025T
0.16 - 0.25 100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 04T
0.25 - 0.4
100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 063T
0.4 - 0.63
100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 1T
0.63 - 1
100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 1V6T
1 - 1.6
100
100
5
0.193
11 LMS25 2V5T
1.6 - 2.5
100
100
5
0.266
11 LMS25 4T
2.5 - 4
100
100
5
0.266
11 LMS25 6V3T
4 - 6.3
100
100
5
0.266
11 LMS25 10T
6.3 - 10
6
3
5
0.266
11 LMS25 16T
10 - 16
4
2
5
0.266
11 LMS25 20T
16 - 20
4
2
5
0.266
11 LMS25 25T
20 - 25
4
2
5
0.266
Operational characteristics
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
– IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
– IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Maximum rated current: 25A
– 13 adjustment ranges 0.1 to 25A
– IEC breaking capacity: see table on page 1-17
– Power dissipation: 2-15W
– Magnetic tripping: 12In max
– IEC thermal tripping class: 10
– Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
– Mechanical life: 100,000 cycles
– Electrical life 25A (IEC AC3): 100,000 cycles
– Mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or screw
fixing
– Mounting position: Any
– IEC utilisation category: A
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E155982). See UL/CSA details under NOTE
below bottom table.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
NOTE: When more than one breaker are mounted, side by side, without
leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip
adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% greater than the rated
motor current.
Maximum UL/CSA horsepower rating
Type
Thermal
adjustment range [A]
120V
LMS25 016T
0.1-0.16
-
LMS25 025T
0.16-0.25
-
-
-
-
LMS25 04T
0.25-0.4
-
-
-
-
LMS25 063T
0.4-0.63
-
-
-
-
-
LMS25 1T
0.63-1
-
-
-
-
1 Phase [HP] -
230V 200-208V 230V
-
-
600V
[A]
-
-
0.16
-
-
0.25
-
-
0.4
-
0.63
3
/4
1
1
3
/4
1.6
2.5
/2
LMS25 2V5T
1.6-2.5
1
1
1
/2
1
11/2
LMS25 4T
2.5-4
1
1
3
/4
1
2
3
4
LMS25 6V3T
4-6.3
1
1
/2
11/2
11/2
3
5
6.3
LMS25 10T
6.3-10
1
/2
1
2
3
5
71/2
10
LMS25 16T
10-16
1
2
3
5
10
10
16
LMS25 20T
16-20
11/2
3
5
5
10
15
20
LMS25 25T
20-25
2
3
5
71/2
15
20
25
/4
/6
/4
/2
-
480V
1-1.6
/8
-
-
LMS25 1V6T
-
-
FLA max
at 600V
3 Phase [HP]
NOTE:
UL Listed in USA and Canada as manual motor controller. Fuses only 30A suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5000rms symmetrical
amperes, 600VAC. Trip current is 125%.
1-10
Add-on blocks/Accessories
pages 1-11
The appropriate thermal trip range of the controller should be selected on the basis of the motor nameplate full-load current since the horsepower ratings
given are for indication and reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on wiring the three poles in series; see wiring scheme on page 1-15.
Dimensions
page 1-15
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
Technical characteristics
pages 1-16 and 17
Motor protection circuit breakers
Add-on blocks and accessories for LMS25 types
Order code
Characteristics
Qty
per
pkg
Wt
n°
[kg]
Add-on auxiliary contacts. Side mount.
11 LMH...
11 LMU... - 11 LMA...
General and operational characteristics
ADD-ON AUXILIARY CONTACTS
– Connectable to right or left side of starter
– Maximum combination: 2 LMH... blocks, one on right
and one on left side of starter (4 auxiliary contacts max in
total)
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 500V
– IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith: 6A
– IEC operational current AC15: 3.5A 230V; 2A 400V
– IEC protection fuse (gL or gG): 6A maximum
– Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
(1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG
– Width of the auxiliary contacts LMH... equal to 0.5
standard DIN 43880 modules.
11 LMH 01
1NC
10
0.037
11 LMH 10
1NO
10
0.036
11 LMH 11
1NO + 1NC
10
0.042
11 LMH 20
2NO
10
0.037
To fit inside starter.
For all types
10
0.066
To fit inside starter.
For all types
10
0.064
UNDERVOLTAGE AND SHUNT TRIP RELEASES
– Must be fitted inside the motor starter.
For all types
10
0.048
Release range
Operating range
On-load factor
For unused busbar
terminals
10
0.005
Undervoltage trip release.
11 LMU
Shunt trip release.
11 LMA
11 SMX90 32
Terminal block for busbar supply.
11 SMX90 30
Safety cover.
11 SMX90 31
Three-phase connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing.
11 SMX90 30
11 SMX90 31
11 SMX90 32
For 2 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.028
11 SMX90 33
For 3 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.050
11 SMX90 34
For 4 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.071
11 SMX90 35
For 5 breakers without
side-mount contacts
10
0.092
Three-phase connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing.
11 SMX90 42
For 2 breakers complete 10
with side-mount contacts
0.031
11 SMX90 43
For 3 breakers complete 10
with side-mount contacts
0.056
11 SMX90 44
For 4 breakers complete 10
with side-mount contacts
0.081
11 SMX90 45
For 5 breakers complete 10
with side-mount contacts
0.089
11 LMZ111 - 11 LMZ112
Surface mount enclosures.
11 LMZ 111
IP55. 80mm/3.15” wide
1
0.260
11 LMZ 112
IP54. 80mm/3.15” wide
1
0.273
Flush mount enclosures.
11 LMZ 113
IP55. 85mm/3.35” wide
1
0.204
11 LMZ 114
IP41. 85mm/3.35” wide
1
0.184
ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES.
Locking mechanism.
11 LMZ 105
11 LMZ113 - 11 LMZ114
3 padlocks maximum
10
0.091
For LMZ 111, LMZ113
and LMZ 114
1
0.051
For all types
10
0.010
23 NEONVV
Green
10
0.006
23 NEONRV
Red
10
0.006
Normal stop button. IP55 protection.
11 LMZ 106
Neutral connection.
11 LMN PE
Pilot light.
11 LMZ105
11 LMZ106
Spare rubber membrane complete with rim for enclosures.
11 LMM
For LMZ 111, LMZ113
10
and LMZ 114 enclosures
Undervoltage
Shunt
0.35-0.7Us
0.85-1.1Us
100%
––
0.7-1.1Us
––
TERMINAL BLOCK FOR BUSBAR SUPPLY
– Imax 63A
– Maximum tightening torque: 2.3Nm/20lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum:
4-25mm2 or 10/4 AWG.
THREE-PHASE CONNECTION BUSBAR
– Imax 63A
– SMX90 3... 45mm/1.77” spacing to reduce the width to
the minimum
– SMX90 4... 54mm/2.13” spacing to consent to fit one
side mount auxiliary contact block on the breaker.
SURFACE MOUNT ENCLOSURE
– Top or bottom entry:
• M25 threaded knockouts
– Rear entry:
• 15.5mm/0.6” knockouts
– Up to two auxiliary contact blocks may be mounted
– Earth/ground terminal included
– Operating termperature: -5...+40°C
– Storage termperature: -50...+80°C.
FLUSH MOUNT ENCLOSURE
– Cutout size 70x115mm/2.76x4.53”
– Up to two auxiliary contact blocks may be mounted
– Earth/ground terminal included
– Operating termperature: -5...+40°C
– Storage termperature: -50...+80°C.
ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES
Locking mechanism:
– Prevents closing operation: 3 padlocks maximum.
Emergency stop button:
– Turn to release
– Red push-button Ø 35mm/1.38”
NOTE: Once mounted on the enclosure, these accessories
raise the degree of protection from IP41 to IP55.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E155982), under motor controllers, for
auxiliary contacts and trip releases.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
0.012
M25 to PG16 entry adapter.
11 LMNPE
11 LM M25 PG16 For LMZ111 and
LMZ112 enclosures
10
0.009
Specify rated voltage. Add suffix 60 if frequency is 60Hz. Available voltages:
– AC 50Hz
24/48/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380)/
440-460 (indicate 440)/480 and 575VAC.
Complete with required voltage. Available voltages:
– AC 50/60Hz 24/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380) VAC.
23 NEON...V
Dimensions
page 1-15
Wiring diagrams
pages 1-15 and 16
1-11
1
Motor protection circuit breakers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Breakers SM1A - SM1B
with side-mount auxiliary contacts only
SM1A - SM1B
with front and side-mount auxiliary contacts
44.5
(1.75”)
4.8
(0.19”)
SMX13 11
SMX12...
91
(3.58”)
35.3
(1.39”)
44.5
(1.75”)
48.3
(1.90”)
91
(3.58”)
35.3
(1.39”)
88
(3.46”)
SMX14...
SMX15...
SMX16...
80.5
(3.17”)
9
(0.35”)
18
(0.71”)
44.4
(1.75”)
14.3
(0.56”)
72.2
(2.84”)
82.5
(3.25”)
44.5
(1.75”)
55.5
(2.18”)
SMX12...
88
(3.46”)
80.5
(3.17”)
9
(0.35”)
18
(0.71”)
SMX14...
SMX15...
SMX16...
44.5
(1.75”)
23.5
(0.92”)
44.4
(1.75”)
72.2
(2.84”)
82.5
(3.25”)
4.8
(0.19”)
SMX13 11
SMX11...
SMX11 11
SMX11 20
SM1C
with side-mount auxiliary contacts only
91
(3.58”)
35.3
(1.39”)
44.5
(1.75”)
4.8
(0.19”)
SMX13 11
44.4
(1.75”)
72.2
(2.84”)
82.5
(3.25”)
Breakers SM1 with SMX90 03 connector
and BG contactors
SM1 with SMX31 41 connector
and BF09A-BF25A contactors
160
(6.30”)
44.5
(1.75”)
184.2
(7.25”)
SM1 with SMX32 41 connector
and BF26A-BF38A contactors
44.5
(1.75”)
102.8
(4.05”)
44.5
(1.75”)
85
(3.35”)
44.5
(1.75”)
SMX90 03
SM1 with SMX31 42 connector
and BF09D/L-BF25D/L contactors
SMX31 41
SMX31 42
SM1... with SMX18 14 or SMX18 15 door coupling handle
94
(3.70”)
82.9
(3.26”)
45.1
(1.77”)
min. 140 / max. 395
(min 5.51” / max 15.55”)
104.5
(4.11”)
22.5
(0.88”)
36 (1.42”)
22
(0.87”)
61.8 (2.43”)
65
(2.56”)
110
(4.33”)
90
(3.54”)
22
(0.87”)
SMX32 41
28...32
(1.10”...1.26”)
Ø3 (0.12”)
Ø2
.6
(
0.1
0”
)
SMX18 14
SMX18 15
1-12
1...4
(0.04”...0.16”)
23
(0.90”)
Ø16 (0.63”)
28...32
(1.10”...1.26”)
36 (1.42”)
SMX14...
SMX15...
SMX16...
184.2
(7.25”)
88
(3.46”)
SMX12...
44.5
(1.75”)
80.5
(3.17”)
9
(0.35”)
18
(0.71”)
193.2
(7.61”)
1
SMX18 14
SMX18 15
Motor protection circuit breakers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing
SMX90 32 - SMX90 33 - SMX90 34
Terminal block for
busbar supply
SMX90 30
Safety cover
SMX90 31
These elements mounted with SM1...
breakers with no auxiliary contacts
1
45 (1.77”)
SMX90 3...
13.5
(0.53”)
13.5
(0.53”)
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 30
SMX90 31
1 L1
Connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing
SMX90 42 - SMX90 43 - SMX90 44
3 L2
5 L3
Terminal block for
busbar supply
SMX90 30
Safety cover
SMX90 31
These elements mounted with SM1...
breakers with auxiliary contacts SMX12... or SMX13 11
54 (2.13”)
SMX90 4...
13.5
(0.53”)
13.5
(0.53”)
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 30
SMX90 31
1 L1
3 L2
5 L3
Enclosures SMX17 10 with SMX17 30 or SMX17 35 handle
SMX17 11 with SMX17 40 button
85.4 (3.36”)
134.4 (5.29”)
.5 )
Ø4 .18”
(0
173 (6.81”)
109 (4.29”)
.5 )
Ø4 .18”
(0
170 (6.69”)
181.2 (7.13”)
109 (4.29”)
170 (6.69”)
181.2 (7.13”)
164 (6.46”)
100 (3.94”)
SMX17 40
42 (1.65”)
44.1 (1.74”)
Ø22.5
(0.88”)
SMX17 3...
SMX17 20 with SMX17 30 or SMX17 35 handle
Cutout
39.4
(1.55”)
144 (5.67”)
94 (3.70”)
164 (6.46”)
122 (4.80”)
23.1
(0.91”)
19.2
(0.75”)
PG16
SMX17 3...
14
(0.55”)
103 (4.05”)
1-13
Motor protection circuit breakers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Breakers SM2A with SMX2... contacts
1
10 (0.39”)
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
SMX22...
17 (0.67”) SMX24...
SMX25...
20
SMX26...
(0.79”)
Breakers SM3A with SMX2... contacts
121 (4.76”)
102 (4.01”)
52 (2.05”)
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
SMX24...
SMX25...
SMX26...
SMX22...
12
(0.47”)
146 (5.75”)
138 (5.43”)
127 (5”)
77 (3.03”)
SMX24...
23 (0.90”) SMX25...
SMX26...
SMX24...
SMX25...
SMX26...
5
(1.97”)
18 (0.71”)
45 (1.77”)
116 (4.57”)
150 (5.90”)
165 (6.50”)
155 (6.10”)
89 (3.50”)
125 (4.92”)
89 (3.50”)
45 (1.77”)
85 (3.35”)
130 (5.12”)
140 (5.51”)
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
9
(0.35”)
5
(1.97”)
SMX22...
SMX23 11
30
(1.18”)
55 (2.16”)
SMX23 11
18
(0.71”)
SMX22...
SMX23 11
8 (0.31”)
109 (4.29”)
127 (5”)
132 (5.20”)
144 (5.67”)
30
(1.18”)
70 (2.75”)
SMX23 11
9
(0.35”)
18 (0.71”)
18
(0.71”)
SM2A with SMX28 05 or SMX28 10 door coupling handle
3.2 (0.12”)
25
(0.98)
24.3
(0.96”)
1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
5
2.
)
Ø2 .88”
0
(
5
(1.97”)
min. 55 / max. 130
(min 2.16” / max 5.12”)
33
(1.30”)
min. 75
(2.95”)
17
(0.67”)
132 (5.20”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
25
(0.98)
3.2 (0.12”)
24.3
(0.96”)
140 (5.51”)
1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
5
2.
)
Ø2 .88”
(0
5
(1.97”)
min. 131 / max. 327
(min 5.16” / max 12.87”)
16
(0.63”)
33
(1.30”)
min. 75
(2.95”)
17
(0.67”)
132 (5.20”)
55
(2.16”)
Mounting on DIN rail.
SM3A with SMX28 05 or SMX28 10 door coupling handle
3.2 (0.12”)
1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
24.3
(0.96”)
25
(0.98)
5
2.
)
Ø2 .88”
0
(
5
(1.97”)
min. 55 / max. 104
(min 2.16” / max 4.09”)
33
(1.30”)
min. 75
(2.95”)
17
(0.67”)
158 (6.22”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
3.2 (0.12”)
1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
24.3
(0.96”)
165 (6.50”)
25
(0.98)
5
2.
)
Ø2 .88”
(0
5
(1.97”)
min. 105 / max. 327
(min 4.13” / max 12.87”)
16
(0.63”)
70
(2.75”)
Mounting on DIN rail.
1-14
158 (6.22”)
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
33
(1.30”)
17
(0.67”)
min. 75
(2.95”)
8 (0.31”)
138 (5.43”)
153 (6.02”)
169 (6.65”)
Motor protection circuit breakers
Dimensions [mm (in)]
Enclosures LMZ111 - LMZ112
with LMZ106 emergency stop button
Manual starters LMS25
with side-mount LMH... contacts
9 (0.35”)
95.5
(3.76”)
80
(3.15”)
85
(3.35”)
45
(1.77”)
1
80
(3.15”)
12.5
(0.49”)
55
(2.16”)
55
(2.16”)
135
(5.31”)
129
(5.08”)
105
(4.13”)
35
(1.37”)
80
(3.15”)
75
(2.95”)
30.8
(1.21”)
LMZ113 - LMZ114
with LMZ106 emergency stop button
38
(1.50”)
4
(0.16”)
LMH...
LMZ106
73.5
(2.89”)
83
(3.27”)
39
(1.53”)
18.5
(0.73”)
LMZ106
Cutout
Drilling for
surface fixing
69.5
(2.74”)
115
(4.53”)
60
(2.36”)
55
(2.16”)
105 (4.13”)
126 (4.96”)
M25
M4
M4
70
(2.75”)
M4
Connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing
SMX90 32 - SMX90 33 - SMX90 34
Terminal block for
busbar supply
SMX90 30
Safety cover
SMX90 31
These elements mounted with LMS25...
breakers with no auxiliary contacts
45 (1.77”)
SMX90 3...
13.5
(0.53”)
13.5
(0.53”)
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 30
SMX90 31
1 L1
Connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing
SMX90 42 - SMX90 43 - SMX90 44
3 L2
5 L3
Terminal block for
busbar supply
SMX90 30
Safety cover
SMX90 31
These elements mounted with LMS25...
breakers with LMH... auxiliary contacts
54 (2.13”)
SMX90 4...
13.5
(0.53”)
13.5
(0.53”)
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 30
SMX90 31
1 L1
3 L2
5 L3
Wiring diagrams
MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKERS
SM1A…. – SM1B… – SM1C… and SM2A… – SM3A… and LMS25…
Three-phase
LINE
L2
L3
L1
T1
T2
LOAD
T3
Singe phase or DC
LINE
L2
L1
T1
T2
LOAD
1-15
Motor protection circuit breakers
Wiring diagrams
ADD-ON BLOCKS
For SM1… types
Front mount auxiliary contacts
SMX11 11
SMX11 20
13
23
13
21
Side mount auxiliary contacts
SMX12 11
SMX12 20
SMX12 02
33
41
33
43
31
Side mount undervoltage trip releases
SMX14...
SMX15...
SMX13 11
41
57
65
D1
D1
Side mount shunt trip release
SMX16...
O7
C1
O8
C2
U<
U<
14
24
14
34
22
For SM2A… and SM3A types
Front mount auxiliary contacts
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
12
14
13
21
42
34
44
32
42
58
Side mount auxiliary contacts
SMX22 11
SMX22 20
SMX22 02
33
41
33
43
31
41
66
57
65
D2
D2
Side mount undervoltage trip releases
SMX24...
SMX25...
SMX23 11
77
85
D1
D1
Side mount shunt trip release
SMX26...
O7
C1
O8
C2
U<
U<
14
11
34
22
42
34
44
32
42
58
66
78
86
D2
D2
➊
➋
Change in event of magnetic and/or thermal tripping.
Change in event of magnetic tripping.
NOTE: During breaker testing, only contacts 57-58 and 65-66 switch.
Side-mount auxiliary contacts
LMH 20
32
34
44
32
LMH 10
11
13
13
21
13
23
LMA...
LMU...
C1
D1
U<
C2
D2
14
22
43
31
14
14
24
43
12
33
31
33
The termination of the LMH...
auxiliary contacts has more than
one numbering due to the fact that
the block can assume various
mounting positions.
The numbering in boldface
indicates when it is mounted on the
left side of the breaker.
LMH 01
Inside-fitted undervoltage trip and shunt trip releases
LMH 11
44
For LMS25 types
34
1
Technical characteristics
THERMAL TRIP CHARACTERISTIC (AVERAGE TIME)
Three-phase balanced operation
Two-phase operation (phase failure/single phasing)
Opening time [s]
Opening time [s]
10000
2h
10000
2h
1h
1h
30min
30min
1000
1000
10min
10min
5min
5min
2min
100
2min
100
1min
1min
COLD
COLD
10
10
HOT
HOT
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
1.05 1.5 2
1 1.2
3
4 5 6 7 8 910
20
30 40 50 6070
100 x Ie[A]
0.001
Tripping times can have a ±20% deviation with respect to the average tripping curve values above.
1-16
1
1.15 1.5 2
3
4 5 6 7 8 910
20
30 40 50 6070
100
x Ie[A]
Motor protection circuit breakers
Technical characteristics
TYPE
SM1A
SM1B
SM1C
SM2A
SM3A
LMS25
25
CONTACT AND RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
690
Rated impulse voltage Uimp
kV
6
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Maximum rated current
A
32
32
32
50
100
Number of adjustment ranges
N°
5
15
15
3
4
13
Power dissipation
W
2.2-9.7
2.2-9.7
2.2-9.7
7.1-20
10-38
2-15
Magnetic tripping
A
12 x In
12 x In
12 x In
13 x In
13 x In
12 x In
Mechanical life
cycles
100,000
100,000
100,000
25,000
25,000
100,000
Electrical life (Ie max AC3)
cycles
100,000
100,000
100,000
50,000
50,000
100,000
Nm
2.3
2.3
2.3
4.5
6
1.8
lbin
20
20
20
40
53
16
Tool
PH2
PH2
PH2
PZ2
Allen 4mm
PZ2
Maximum tightening
torque for terminals
Minimum-maximum conductor
section connectable 1 or 2 wires
AWG
Flexible without lug
N°
16-10
16-10
16-10
18-3
10-1/0
14-8
mm2
1-6
1-6
1-6
0.75-25
10-50
0.75-4
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Temperature Operating
°C
-20...+60
-20...+60
-20...+60
-20...+70
-20...+70
-25...+60
Storage
°C
-50...+80
-50...+80
-50...+80
-50...+80
-50...+80
-25...+70
Compensation
°C
-20...+50
-20...+50
-20...+50
-20...+50
-20...+50
-5...+40
Screw fixing
or 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715)
Screw fixing
or DIN rail 35mm
(IEC/EN 60715)
or 75mm
(IEC/EN 60715)
Screw fixing
or 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715)
Maximum altitude
m
3000
Mounting position
Any
Mounting
35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715)
When fitting more than one breaker side by side, without leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip adjuster must be
positioned at a value 15% higher than the rated motor current.
N.B. PH = Phillips; PZ = Pozidriv; Allen is metric type.
IEC breaking capacity
Type
IEC rated short-circuit breaking capacity [kA]
230V
Icu
Ics
400V
Icu
Ics
500V
Icu
Ics
690V
Icu
Ics
Protection fuses when I > Icu
(IEC gL or gG fuses) 230V
400V
500V
[A]
[A]
[A]
SM1A 40
100
100
50
25
10
5
4
2
100
80
63
SM1A 44…SM1A 56
100
100
50
25
10
5
4
2
125
80
63
SM1B 00…SM1B 20
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
SM1B 24…SM1B 28
100
100
100
100
100
100
8
8
35
690V
[A]
SM1B 32
100
100
100
100
100
100
8
8
40
SM1B 36
100
100
100
100
42
21
8
8
63
50
SM1B 40
100
100
25
12.5
10
5
2
2
80
63
50
SM1B 44…SM1B 56
100
100
25
12.5
4
2
2
2
100
80
63
SM1C 00…SM1C 20
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
SM1C 24…SM1C 28
100
100
100
100
100
100
8
8
35
SM1C 32
100
100
100
100
100
100
8
8
40
SM1C 36
100
100
100
100
42
21
8
8
63
50
SM1C 40
100
100
25
12.5
10
5
2
2
80
63
50
SM1C 44…SM1C 56
100
100
25
12.5
4
2
2
2
100
80
63
SM2A 68 - SM2A 72
100
100
50
25
10
5
4
2
160
100
63
SM2A 76
100
100
50
25
10
5
4
2
160
100
80
SM3A 84
100
100
50
25
12
6
6
3
160
100
80
SM3A 88
100
100
50
25
8
4
5
3
160
125
100
SM3A 92 - SM3A 96
100
100
50
25
8
4
5
3
160
125
125
LMS25 016T...LMS25 1V6T
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
LMS252V5T
100
100
100
100
3
3
2.5
2.5
25
20
LMS25 4T
100
100
100
100
3
3
2.5
1.9
35
25
LMS25 6V3T
100
100
100
100
3
2.2
2.5
1.9
50
35
LMS25 10T
100
100
6
3
3
2.2
2.5
1.9
80
50
35
LMS25 16T
6
6
4
2
2.5
1.9
2
1.5
80
80
63
35
LMS25 20T - LMS25 25T
6
4.5
4
2
2.5
1.9
2
1.5
80
80
63
50
Fuses are used only in those cases when the value of short-circuit current at the breaker installation point exceeds the breaking capacity of the breaker.
Fuse not required.
1-17
1
Page 8-2
SIGNAL TOWERS
• Signal towers Ø70mm
• Steady, blinking light or flash modules
• Pulsed or continuous sound modules
• Incandescent and LED bulbs.
Page 8-3
SIGNAL BEACONS
• Signal beacons Ø62mm
• Blinking or steady light modules
• Sound-light pulsed or continuous modules
• Incandescent and LED bulbs.
SIGNAL
8
TOWERS AND BEACONS
Signal towers Ø70mm
Modular and combinations up to
7 modules
Steady or blinking light, pulsed or
continuous sound modules.
Signal beacons Ø62mm
Steady or blinking light, pulsed or
continuous sound modules.
8 - 2
8 - 3
8 - 4
Dimensions .................................................................................................................
Wiring diagrams ...........................................................................................................
8 - 6
8 - 7
AND
Signal towers Ø70mm / Ø2.75” .......................................................................................................................................
Signal beacons Ø62mm / Ø2.44” .....................................................................................................................................
Accessorios .....................................................................................................................................................................
S IGNALLING
SEC. - PAGE
C ONTROL
Signal towers and beacons
Signal towers and beacons
Signal towers
Ø70mm / Ø2.75”
Order code
Description
Qty per Wt
pkg
n°
[kg]
Steady light modules BA15d fitting.
Bulb (8 LT7 ALB... and 8 LT7 ALL...) not included.
8 LT7 EL1
Orange
1
8 LT7 EL3
Green
1
0.082
0.082
8 LT7 EL4
Red
1
0.082
8 LT7 EL5
Yellow
1
0.082
8 LT7 EL6
Blue
1
0.082
8 LT7 EL8
White
1
0.082
Blinking light modules. BA15d fitting.
Bulb (8 LT7 ALB... and 8 LT7ALL...) not included.
8
8 LT7 GL B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC
1
8 LT7 GL B3 Green, 24VAC/DC
1
0.083
0.083
8 LT7 GL B4 Red, 24VAC/DC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL B8 White, 24VAC/DC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E1 Orange, 110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E3 Green, 110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E4 Red, 110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E5 Yellow,110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E6 Blue, 110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL E8 White, 110-120VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M1 Orange, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M3 Green, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M4 Red, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M5 Yellow, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M6 Blue, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
8 LT7 GL M8 White, 230-240VAC
1
0.083
1
0.092
General characteristics
Signal towers are fundamental elements in
manufacturing processes for the visual and audible
signalling of the system status.
The signal towers can be assembled by stacking up to
7 modules, in the following sequence, starting from the
top: red, yellow, orange, blue, green and white.
The sound module, if any, must always be positioned at
the top of the signal tower.
Technical characteristics
– Maximum operational voltage: 250VAC/DC
– Consumption of flash and sound modules:
• LT7 FL B... in AC: 135mA
• LT7 FL B... in DC: 75mA
• LT7 FL E...: 20mA
• LT7 FL M...: 15mA
• LT7 S0 B: 25mA
• LT7 S1 B: 40mA
• LT7 S2 B: 200mA
• LT7 S2 E: 40mA
• LT7 S2 M: 30mA
– Material: Polycarbonate or anodised aluminium
– Connections: Screw clamp terminals, maximum
1.5mm2/16 AWG conductor section
– Tightening torque: 0.5Nm/4.5lbin
– Operating temperature: -20...+50°C; for 12VAC max up
to +40°C
– Number of stackable elements: Seven.
– Degree of protection IEC/EN: IP65; IP54 for 8 LT7 S0B
sound module.
Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus - file E318016) as Power Circuit and
motor-mounted Apparatus - Stackable tower lights.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Combinations
0.092
8 LT7 FL B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL B8 White, 24VAC/DC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL E1 Orange, 110-120VAC
1
0.092
U
0.092
1
I M
1
8 LT7 FL B4 Red, 24VAC/DC
Cover
(supplied with
LT7 CM 01 and
LT7 CP 01 module)
LT7 S …
0.092
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL E5 Yellow, 110-120VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL E6 Blue, 110-120VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL E8 White, 110-120VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M1 Orange, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M3 Green, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M4 Red, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M5 Yellow, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M6 Blue, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
8 LT7 FL M8 White, 230-240VAC
1
0.092
Pulsed or continuous sound modules complete with cover.
8 LT7 S0 B
24VAC/DC, pulsed (90dB).
IP54 protection
1
0.240
24VAC/DC, 16 sound tones
(80dB max). IP65 protection
8 LT7 S2 B 24VAC/DC pulsed (78dB)
or continuous
8 LT7 S2 E 110-120VAC
(75dB)sound
8 LT7 S2 M 230-240VAC IP65 protection
Connection modules complete with cover.
1
0.240
1
0.240
1
0.240
1
0.240
8 LT7 CP 01 For plastic tubes, black
colour, bottom entry
1
0.110
8 LT7 CM 01 For metal tubes, black colour, 1
bottom entry
0.120
8 LT7 S1 B
LT7 CM 01
LT7 CP 01
E N
1
8 LT7 FL E4 Red, 110-120VAC
Accessories and spare parts
page 8-4
Dimensions
pages 8-6 and 7
LT7ALL…
(LED bulb)
Connection module
LT7CM 01 (metal)
LT7CP 01(plastic)
LT7BP 01
(plastic)
LT7TM
(metal)
LT7BM 01
(metal)
Fixing base and extension tubes
84.5dB for 8 LT7 S2 B.
82.6dB for 8 LT7 S2 B.
8-2
LT7ALB…
(incandescent
bulb)
LT7 L…
LT7 L …
LT7 L…
E L E M
8 LT7 FL E3 Green, 110-120VAC
7
LT7 EL …
LT7 GL …
LT7 FL …
T S
M
A
8 LT7 FL B3 Green, 24VAC/DC
Sound module
(always on top)
LT7S …
X
8 LT7 FL B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC
M
Flash modules. With 4-Joule xenon bulb.
Wiring diagrams
page 8-7
LT7BM 02
(metal)
LT7BP 02
(plastic)
Signal towers and beacons
Signal beacons
Ø62mm / Ø2.44”
Order code
Description
Qty per Wt
pkg
n°
[kg]
1
0.060
Steady light modules. BA15d fitting.
Bulb not included.
8 LB6 EL1
Orange
8 LB6 EL3
Green
1
0.060
8 LB6 EL4
Red
1
0.060
8 LB6 EL5
Yellow
1
0.060
8 LB6 EL6
Blu2
1
0.060
8 LB6 EL8
White
1
0.060
Blinking or steady light modules. BA15d fitting.
Bulb not included.
8 LB6 GL B1 Orange, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL B3 Green, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL B4 Red, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL B5 Yellow, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
General characteristics
Signal beacons are fundamental elements in
manufacturing processes for the visual and audible
signalling of the system status.
Technical characteristics
– Maximum operational voltage: 250VAC/DC
– Consumption of sound modules LB6 S2...: 150mA
– Material: Polycarbonate
– Connections: Screw clamp terminals, maximum
1.5mm2/16 AWG conductor section
– Tightening torque: 0.5Nm/4.5lbin
– Operating temperature: -20...+50°C
– Degree of protection IEC/EN: IP54; IP30 if used with
8 LB6 BP 04, 8 LB6 BP 06 or 8 LB6 BP 08.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1.
Combinations
8 LB6 GL B6 Blue, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL B8 White, 12-48VAC/DC
1
0.060
Light and sound modules
8 LB6 GL M1 Orange, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
LB6 EL… - LB6 GL… - LB6 S2…B…
8 LB6 GL M3 Green, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL M4 Red, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL M5 Yellow, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL M6 Blue, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
8 LB6 GL M8 White, 24-230VAC
1
0.060
1
3
4
5
8
6
8
Fixing base and extension tubes
Sound-light pulsed or continuous modules. Bulb included.
8 LB6 S2 B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
8 LB6 S2 B3 Green, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
8 LB6 S2 B4 Red, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
8 LB6 S2 B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
8 LB6 S2 B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
8 LB6 S2 B8 White, 24VAC/DC (80dB)
1
0.060
LB6 BP 03
LB6 BP 04 LB6 BP 07
LB6 BP 05
LB6 BP 06 LT7 ALB…
(incandescent bulb)
LT7 ALL…
(LED Bulb)
LB6 BP 08 LT7 TP0100
LT7 BP 01
(plastic)
LT7 BP 02
(plastic)
Only for sound-light modules.
LB6 EL …
LB6 GL …
LB6 S2...
Visual code
Red
Yellow Orange Blue
Green
White
Meaning
Danger.
Emergency.
Warning and
Caution.
Abnormal
situation.
Mandatory
command.
Normal
situation.
Regular
operation.
No specific
meaning.
Sound
Fast modulated Continuous
repetition or
short sound.
high-pitch
pulsing.
Alternating
sound at.
constant tone
Constant and
prolonged
sound
after an alarm.
Other sounds.
Correlated
actions
Immediate
intervention
to deal with
dangerous
situation.
Intervention
needed for
mandatory
action.
No specific
action.
Depending on
the situation.
Accessories and spare parts
page 8-4
Control
intervention
required.
Dimensions
pages 8-6 and 7
Wiring diagrams
page 8-7
Interpretation of light and sound signals for signal
towers and beacons
Light and sound signals are a fundamental element for
the safety of a system.
To avoid incorrect interpretations, a European standard
has been introduced defining an equivocal meaning to
visual or audible signalling devices.
Each colour or sound alarm corresponds to a specific
state of operation of the connected system and various
levels of warning, as given in the following table,
according to EN 981-IEC/EN 60073 standards.
The white coloured module does not have a specific
meaning so it can be used as one may need.
8-3
Signal towers and beacons
Accessories and spare
parts for signal towers and
beacons
Order code
Description
Qty per Wt
pkg
n°
[kg]
Fixing bases.
8 LT7 BP 01
Horizontal surface mount, 1
black plastic
with 100mm/3.94”
extension
0.045
8 LT7 BP 02
Vertical wall mount,
black plastic
0.078
1
General characteristics
The assembly operation of the signal towers is simple
and fast and does not require the use of any tools.
The fixing of each element on top of the other is obtained
by the bayonet insert joint, with slight pressure and
simple rotating movement. There are specific white
inscriptions to indicate the correct alignment.
Extension tube for plastic base, stackable sections.
8 LT7 TP 0100
LT7 BP 01
100mm/3.94”,
black plastic
1
0.029
0.006
Incandescent bulb, 5W, BA15d fitting.
8 LT7 ALB A
12VAC/DC
10
8 LT7 ALB B
24VAC/DC
10
0.006
8 LT7 ALB E
130VAC/DC
10
0.006
8 LT7 ALB M
260VAC/DC
10
0.006
LED bulb, BA15d fitting.
8
LT7 BP 02
LT7 ALB…
LT7 ALL…
8 LT7 ALL A4
Red, 12VAC/DC
1
0,010
8 LT7 ALL A8
White, 12VAC/DC
1
0,010
8 LT7 ALL B3
Green, 24VAC/DC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL B4
Red, 24VAC/DC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL B5
Yellow/Orange, 24VAC/DC 1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL B6
Blue, 24VAC/DC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL B8
White, 24VAC/DC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL E3
Green, 110-120VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL E4
Red, 110-120VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL E5
Yellow/Orange, 110-120VAC 1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL E6
Blue, 110-120VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL E8
White, 110-120VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL M3
Green, 230-240VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL M4
Red, 230-240VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL M5 Yellow/Orange, 230-240VAC 1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL M6
Blue, 230-240VAC
1
0.010
8 LT7 ALL M8
White, 230-240VAC
1
0.010
Used with yellow or orange light modules.
Accessories and spare
parts for signal towers
Ø70mm / Ø2.75” only
LT7 BM 01
Order code
Description
Qty per Wt
pkg
n°
8 LT7 BM 01
Horizontal surface mount, 1
metal, black finish
0.099
8 LT7 BM 02
Vertical wall mount,
metal
0.184
1
Extension tubes for metal base, anodised aluminium,
fixed non-stackable sections.
8 LT7 TM 0100
100mm / 3.94”
1
0.016
8 LT7 TM 0150
200mm / 7.9”
1
0.024
8 LT7 TM 0300
300mm / 11.8”
1
0.048
8 LT7 TM 0400
400mm / 15.75”
1
0.064
8 LT7 TM 0500
500mm / 19.7”
1
0.080
8 LT7 TM 1000
1000mm / 39.4”
1
0.160
LT7 BM 02
LT7 TM
8-4
[kg]
Fixing bases.
Dimensions
page 8-7
1
1
2
2
Technical characteristics
– Consumption of bulb fitted on light modules:
• LT7 ALB A: 420mA
• LT7 ALB B: 210mA
• LT7 ALB E: 43mA
• LT7 ALB M: 22mA
• LT7 ALL A...: <60mA
• LT7 ALL B...: <30mA
• LT7 ALL E...: <20mA
• LT7 ALL M...: <20mA.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Signal towers and beacons
Accessories and spare
parts for signal beacons
Ø62mm / Ø2.44”
Order code
Description
Qty per Wt
pkg
n°
[kg]
Fixing bases for light modules.
8 LB6 BP 03
Horizontal surface mount, 1
plastic, black colour
0.040
8 LB6 BP 05
For Ø22mm / Ø0.87”
hole type, black plastic
1
0.040
8 LB6 BP 07
For extension
1
connection, plastic,
black colour. Use with
fixing bases 8 LT7 BP 01
and 8 LT7 BP 02
0.020
LB6 BP03
2
1
Fixing bases for sound modules.
8 LB6 BP 04
Horizontal surface mount, 1
plastic, black colour
0.040
8 LB6 BP 06
For Ø22mm / Ø0.87”
hole type, black plastic
1
0.040
8 LB6 BP 08
For extension
1
connection, plastic,
black colour. Use with
fixing bases 8 LT7 BP 01
and 8 LT7 BP 02
0.020
LB6 BP05
General characteristics
The assembly operation of the signal beacons is simple
and fast and does not require the use of any tools.
There are specific white marks to indicate the correct
alignment.
8
LB6 BP07
LB6 BP04
LB6 BP06
LB6 BP08
Dimensions
page 8-7
8-5
Signal towers and beacons
Dimensions [mm (in)]
101.5 (4.00”)
157.5 (6.20”)
213.5 (8.40”)
269.5 (10.61”)
325.5 (12.81”)
381.5 (15.02”)
Ø5 (0.20”)
16
(0.63”)
13
(0.51”)
Ø 70 (2.75”)
LT7 CM 01 - LT7 CP 01
7 (0.2
42 (1
.65”)
7”)
48
(1
.89
”)
SIGNAL BEACONS Ø62mm / Ø2.44”
LB6...
with base LB6 BP 05
and LB6 BP 06 37
(1.46”)
62.5 (2.46”)
17 (0.67”)
23.5
(0.92”)
31
(1.22”)
Ø22
(0.87”)
Ø85 (3.35”)
Ø62 (2.44”)
Ø62 (2.44”)
Ø62 (2.44”)
32.5
(1.28”)
65 (2.56”)
Ø5 (0.20”)
22.3 (0.88”)
(+0.4,-0 / +0.01, -0”)
56.3
(22.17”)
With slits for sound light modules LB6 S2...
1...4 (0.04...0.16”)
8-6
LB6...
with base LB6 BP 07
and LB6 BP 08 62.5 (2.46”)
LB6...
with base LB6 BP 03
and LB6 BP 04 62.5 (2.46”)
62.5 (2.46”)
LB6 EL...
LB6 GL...
LB6 S2...
Connection modules
LT7 CM 01
LT7 CP 01
Ø 60 (2.36”)
45.5 (1.79”)
72 (2.83”)
Ø 70 (2.75”)
453.9 (17.87”)
473.5 (18.64”)
Ø 70 (2.75”)
8
LT7 S1...
LT7 S2...
Ø 60 (2.36”)
56 (2.20”)
LT7 S0 B
Sound modules
LT7 S0 B
92 (3.62”)
LT7 EL...
LT7 GL...
LT7 FL...
LT7 S1...
LT7 S2...
Light modules
LT7 EL...
LT7 GL...
LT7 FL...
13
(0.51)
SIGNAL TOWERS Ø70mm / Ø2.75”
Ø 70 (2.75”)
Signal towers and beacons
Dimensions [mm (in)]
ACCESSORIES - Extensions and bases
Ø5
(0.20”)
Ø5
(0.20”)
54 (2.12”)
70 (2.75”)
38 (1.50”)
Ø67 (2.64”)
54 (2.12”)
8
(0.31”)
14.5
(0.57”)
71 (2.79”)
20
(0.79”)
70 (2.75”)
54 (2.12”)
64.5 (2.54”)
21
(0.83”)
54 (2.12”)
122 (4.80”)
8
(0.31”)
51 (2.01”)
Ø5
(0.20”)
Ø20
(0.79”)
109 (4.29”)
105 (4.13”)
Ø30
(1.18”)
LT7 BM 02
9
(0.35”)
Ø20
(0.79”)
18
(0.71”)
Ø20
(0.79”)
LT7 BM 01
Ø25
(0.98”)
22 (0.87”)
Ø25
(0.98”)
11
(0.43”)
LT7 BP 02
LT7 BP 01
54 (2.12”)
Ø70 (2.75”)
8
Ø5
(0.20”)
54 (2.12”)
LT7 TP 0100
LT7 TM...
1000 (39.37”) max
22
(0.87”)
Ø20
(0.79”)
122 (4.80”)
Ø25
(0.98”)
Ø20
(0.79”)
Wiring diagrams
SIGNAL TOWERS Ø 70mm
LT7...
SIGNAL BEACONS Ø 62mm
LB6...
X1
LT7 CM 01 - LT7 CP 01
BULB
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
BULB
7
X2
L
N
Connect terminals C and 1 as indicated
to power the first module. If other
modules are fitted, the respective
terminals must be connected accordingly.
8-7
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement